<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:blogger="http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508</id><updated>2026-06-03T16:51:18.221+03:00</updated><title type="text">Mechanical Engineering</title><subtitle type="html">mechanical topics top drive diesel engines pumps hydraulic circuits compressors Gears Design</subtitle><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default?alt=atom&amp;redirect=false" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/" rel="alternate" type="text/html"/><link href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" rel="hub"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default?alt=atom&amp;start-index=26&amp;max-results=25&amp;redirect=false" rel="next" type="application/atom+xml"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><generator uri="http://www.blogger.com" version="7.00">Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>60</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-8955738523826661989</id><published>2020-01-03T22:28:00.001+02:00</published><updated>2020-01-03T22:28:26.182+02:00</updated><title type="text">Financial Statement and Income Statement Case Study.</title><content type="html">
       Introducing here the balance sheet and income statement of the Diamond Gem Cleaning and Maintenance Service Company by going in deep details and estimating the missing values within both the income statement and balance sheet. Moreover, discover of the terminology of each value and provide a narrative about the calculation procedure of each line. Finally, a summery with analysis of the data gathered within both balance sheet and income statement that used to assess the performance of financial strength of the company.


       Firstly, for the balance sheet which ideally consists of three main parts: assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity (Collins, 2016).  Whereas assets are divided into two categories: current assets and long-term assets (Collins, 2016), the current assets are considered these assets, which planned to be converted into cash within one year (Feldman, 1959). So, the contracts receivable line is a current asset can be obtained by less the value of total current asset 893,868 by cash and other assets, that yields 505,050. On the other hand, long-term assets concept is considered when an asset is hold for more than a year or for long period (Collins, 2016). Hence, equipment is dealt as a long-term asset and determined by less the total assets 1,180,660 by total current assets 893,868 that result in 286,792.
       Besides the previous narrative, here we go further to estimate the value missed within the liabilities section. In similar to assets, liabilities have two major sections: current liabilities and long-term liabilities. Both of them have the same concept as assets. In other words, current liabilities express these ones that are due within one year, while long-term liabilities is planned to paid on a basis of long periods more than a year (Collins, 2016). Accounts payable can be calculated via minus the total current liabilities 571,697 by all others current liabilities (line of credit, income tax payable, current portion of notes payable and deferred income taxes) so the result should be 257,335.

       Moreover, on the approach to indicating the retained earnings within the equity section, firstly we should know what is its definition. “Retained earnings represented the total earnings invested in the business” (Lowe, 1961). As the total stockholders’ equity is 436,496, less this value by other values of equity items results in the value of retained earnings 310,634. Finally As per the accounting equation (Collins, 2016): 
Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s equity
The sum of liabilities and equity must be equal to assets. Hence, its value should be 1,180,660.


 Secondly, for the income statement which is one of the prominent financial statements used for assessment of a firm financial performance. It is also called revenue and expenses statement or profit and loss (P&amp;L) statement (Kenton, 2018). Polishing an income statement report is executed via gathering three main compositions: revenue, expenses and profit during a specific period ("Income Statement - Definition, Explanation and Examples", n.d). 

While the gross profit is the direct deduction of the associated cost of the service from its revenue (Hayes, 2019), so the contract cost should be obtained by less the contract revenues 5,146,862 by gross profit 614,343 that yields 4,532,519. 

 Heading to the second section of income statement, the expenses or in this case the provision for income taxes, which is the estimated value, that taxpayer expects to pay in a particular year (“Provision for income taxes”, 2018). That value are estimated by the following equation: 
Provision for Income Taxes = Gross Profit - General and Administrative Expenses – Net Income
Thus the provision on income taxes will be 141,220. Finally, whereas the income statement is created within indicated period. So, there should be a retained earnings balance for both the beginning and ending of that period. Thus the next formula applies in the approach of estimating the value of retained earnings, beginning balance.
Retained Earnings, Beginning Balance = Retained Earnings, Beginning Balance – Net Income
So, the value is assumed to be 159,867.


 Summarizing both of balance sheet and income statement with performance assessment of the financial statement for the company will add a reasonable value to the report itself. Firstly, “Profit Margin Ratio tells you how much of each sales dollar is left after certain costs are covered” (Collins, 2016). In this case, profit margin ratio is 614,343/5,146,862 = 11.94 % while the average of 2018 Q4 is 37.23 % (CSI Market “Profitability Information &amp; Trends”, 2019). Moreover, to assess the performance another ration should be used, Return On Assets. ROA (Return On Assets) is another ratio that represent as the net profit in relation to resources or assets (Albrecht, James, Earl Kay, Monte, 2005). So, ROA is (net income)/(total assets) = 150,767/1,180,660 = 12.77 % and the trend for the service industry of 2018 Q4 for that ratio is 5.66 % (CSI Market “Management Effectiveness Information &amp; Trends”, 2019) . 




&lt;b&gt;References
&lt;/b&gt;
Albrecht, W. Steve, James D. Stice, Earl Kay Stice, and Monte Swain. Financial Accounting. Thomson South-Western, 2005.
Collins, K.  (2016, April 08). Exploring Business (p.503). Retrieved February 05, 2019, from https://open.lib.umn.edu/exploringbusiness/
Collins, K.  (2016, April 08). Exploring Business (p.512). Retrieved February 05, 2019, from https://open.lib.umn.edu/exploringbusiness/
Collins, K.  (2016, April 08). Exploring Business (p.522). Retrieved February 05, 2019, from https://open.lib.umn.edu/exploringbusiness/
CSI Market, Retail Sector. (n.d.). Management Effectiveness Information &amp; Trends. Retrieved February 6, 2019, from https://csimarket.com/Industry/industry_ManagementEffectiveness.php?ind=908
CSI Market, Retail Sector. (n.d.). Industry Profitability Ratios. Retrieved February 6, 2019, from https://csimarket.com/Industry/industry_Profitability_Ratios.php?ind=908
Feldman, S. (1959). A Critical Appraisal of the Current Asset Concept. The Accounting Review, 34(4), 574-578. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/241753
Hayes, A. (2019, February 03). What is Gross Profit? Retrieved February 05, 2019, from https://www.investopedia.com/terms/g/grossprofit.asp
Income Statement - Definition, Explanation and Examples. (n.d.). Retrieved February 05, 2019, from https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/resources/knowledge/accounting/income-statement/
Kenton, W. (2018, December 13). Income Statement. Retrieved February 05, 2019, from https://www.investopedia.com/terms/i/incomestatement.asp
Lowe, H. (1961). The Classification of Corporate Stock Equities. The Accounting Review, 36(3), 425-433. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/242875
Provision for income taxes. (2018, May 31). Retrieved February 05, 2019, from https://www.accountingtools.com/articles/2017/5/16/provision-for-income-taxes
</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/8955738523826661989/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/8955738523826661989?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="1 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8955738523826661989" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8955738523826661989" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2020/01/financial-statement-and-income.html" rel="alternate" title="Financial Statement and Income Statement Case Study." type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-4327368400056579623</id><published>2013-03-22T12:03:00.001+02:00</published><updated>2016-10-06T16:05:09.528+02:00</updated><title type="text">Power Train Course Part2</title><content type="html">&lt;div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;iframe src="https://docs.google.com/file/d/0B1O0g492jDuyMVQyZVlwTHNFc1U/preview" width="800" height="3000"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;
&lt;script async src="//pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/js/adsbygoogle.js"&gt;&lt;/script&gt;
&lt;!-- Top --&gt;
&lt;ins class="adsbygoogle"
     style="display:block"
     data-ad-client="ca-pub-0871355302664354"
     data-ad-slot="9880083404"
     data-ad-format="auto"&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;
&lt;script&gt;
(adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});
&lt;/script&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/4327368400056579623/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/4327368400056579623?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="8 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/4327368400056579623" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/4327368400056579623" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2013/03/blog-post_9673.html" rel="alternate" title="Power Train Course Part2" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>8</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-8437268389411678343</id><published>2013-03-22T11:18:00.002+02:00</published><updated>2013-03-22T11:26:38.693+02:00</updated><title type="text">Power Train Course Part 1</title><content type="html">&lt;div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"&gt;
&lt;div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left;" trbidi="on"&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;iframe height="1000" src="https://docs.google.com/file/d/0B1O0g492jDuybWJlc3NKanhONWM/preview" width="800"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/8437268389411678343/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/8437268389411678343?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="14 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8437268389411678343" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8437268389411678343" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2013/03/power-train-course-part-1.html" rel="alternate" title="Power Train Course Part 1" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>14</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-3963295992827198344</id><published>2010-11-03T01:34:00.001+02:00</published><updated>2010-11-03T01:36:11.160+02:00</updated><title type="text">Welding Basics</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span class="header" style2=""&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/ba_07.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Welding and Farming - The Two Go Hand-In-Hand&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img height="158" alt="Welding and Farming" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldfarm7.jpg" width="160" align="right" vspace="5" /&gt;Welding and farming? They have more in common than you might think. In fact, one astute farmer recently noted, "you can't run a farm without welding." This farmer was absolutely correct -- to keep equipment in working order for the critical seasons of planting and harvesting, welding and hardfacing during the off-season are musts. A good working knowledge of these processes also comes in handy when your equipment breaks down during off-hours and you need to quickly fix so you can continue your work.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In this article, we will introduce you to some of the key concepts in welding and hardfacing. When we refer to welding, we are talking about joining metal pieces together to build something. The weld is primarily for strength purposes. Hardfacing, on the other hand, is depositing (by welding with special hardfacing electrodes) wear- resistant surfaces on existing metal components which are under stress to extend their service life. Hardfacing is very commonly done to metal edges that scrape or crush other tough materials -like the blade on a road grader.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img height="140" alt="Welding and Farming" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldfarm5.jpg" width="240" align="left" vspace="5" /&gt;We will discuss different applications, ways to identify metallurgy, basic welding procedures and safety. So often, the beginning or novice welder will not get the desired results and assume his welding machine or electrodes are not working properly. In many of these instances, though, the farmer did not take the necessary preparations before welding or has chosen the wrong process, parameters or consumables. In this article, we hope to educate you so that you will know what to use in a few applications and can get the best results. Realize that although a little welding knowledge could help you a lot, there is a lot to becoming a true welding expert, which would cover many books!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Welding Applications&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img height="170" alt="Welding and Farming" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldfarm3.jpg" width="200" align="right" vspace="5" /&gt;Farmers constantly need to repair and modify machinery and equipment to suit their specific needs. This instant ability to alter steel gates, chutes, animal pens, and machinery is such a tremendous benefit to the farmer. Repairing a broken plow or combine in the field by welding it where it broke in minutes can literally save an entire crop. The needs of beef cattle can usually be taken care of with mild steel. Dairy cattle, and virtually their entire milk-handling system require stainless steel. Two similar appearing animals with very different welding needs. But both needing welding to succeed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Hardfacing Applications&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are many different items that could potentially benefit from hardfacing on the farm. They can basically be put into three "wear" categories - abrasion, impact, and metal-to-metal. Abrasion is one of the most common wears you will see on a farm, in this category falls all earth engaging implements such as tractor buckets, blades, teeth, grain handling products and feed mixers. Under the impact heading you will find equipment used to pound and smash such as crusher hammers. Metal-to-metal refers to wear from steel parts rolling or sliding against each other. Metal-to-metal wear occurs on such items as crane wheels, pulleys, idlers on track-drives, gear teeth and shafts.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Although farmers use welding and hardfacing techniques to rebuild old, worn-out components, Lincoln recommends hardfacing many new components as well. By hardfacing something that is new, it may increase the overall life expectancy of that product.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Basic Metallurgy&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Before you can weld or hardface, you first need to identify the parent metal. A good rule of thumb on the farm is that nothing is mild steel. Almost all implements are high strength steels (either high or low alloy) and many are higher carbon steels. But how do you tell the difference? There are a couple of tests that can help.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img height="179" alt="Welding and Farming" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldfarm1.jpg" width="180" align="left" vspace="5" /&gt;The first is a magnetic test. If a magnet will stick to the implement then it is likely iron-based. A magnet that will not stick indicates probably a manganese or stainless product. Secondly, try the spark test. If you take a grinder to the item, do you get 30" long, moderately large volume of yellow sparks with just a few sprigs and/or forks indicating mild steel, or do you achieve 25" long, slight to moderate volume of yellow orange sparks, a few forks with intermittent breaks but few if any sprigs to indicate alloy steels or do you get 15" long short, red sparks in large volume with numerous and repeating sprigs, which are telltale signs of a high carbon metal? Another test, the chisel test, will help indicate the type of metal as well. If the metal fractures in large chunks when you take a chisel to it, this means you have cast iron, which can be very difficult to weld unless using special high-nickel electrodes and heat-treating. On the other hand, if the chisel yields corkscrew-like shavings, you are looking at a weldable steel.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;What Is the Goal?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now that you have identified the base material, you need to assess your final goal. In a farm type setting, you need to ascertain whether you need to strengthen the item or prevent wear? If the item in question is a hitch bar on a tractor, the ultimate goal is strength and ductility so that it will not break. WELD IT! If you are talking about an earth-engaging tool, you don't want it to wear out. HARDFACE IT!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Identify What Method to Use&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are three types of welding methods to consider. They differ by speed and cost. The methods are all available to all welding and hardfacing products. However, specific products often have properties that are somewhat unique and not exactly duplicated when utilized by a different process.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Stick Welding&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Manual or stick welding requires the least amount of equipment and provides maximum flexibility for welding in remote locations and in all positions. Typically, each rod permits welding for about one minute. In seconds, one can change from mild steel to stainless to hardfacing. In seconds, the electrode can change from small to large diameter for small or large welds. Although simplest, this type of welding takes the greatest operator skill.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Semiautomatic&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This type of welding uses wire feeders and continuously fed electrodes. The welding gun is hand-held by the operator. The gun keeps feeding wire as long as the trigger is depressed. This is also much easier to learn than stick welding. This type of setup is becoming more popular on farms, which do more than minimal repair work. Semiautomatic welding increases deposition rates over manual welding because there is no need to stop after burning each rod.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Automatic&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Requiring the greatest amount of initial setup, automatic welding has the highest deposition rates for maximum productivity. The welding gun is carried by a mechanized carriage and the welding operator just pushes a start button. This would rarely be found on a farm, but is common at repair centers for heavy equipment that would rebuild your parts for you if the schedule was mutually acceptable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Welding Procedures&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are five basic steps when welding that must be followed.&lt;img height="240" alt="Welding and Farming" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldfarm6.jpg" width="159" align="right" vspace="5" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Proper Preparation&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - You first need to ensure that the metal you are welding is clean and dry. Remove rust, dirt, grease, oil and other contaminants by wire brushing. If not removed, these contaminants can cause porosity, cracking and poor weld deposit quality. You must also remove badly cracked, deformed or work-hardened surfaces by grinding, machining or carbon-arc gouging.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;b&gt;Proper Preheat&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/i&gt; - The combination of alloy content, carbon content, massive size and part rigidity creates a necessity to preheat in many welding or hardfacing operations. Most applications require preheating, as a minimum to bring the part to a room temperature of 70ƒ-100ƒ F. Medium to high carbon and low alloy steels may require higher preheat to prevent underbead cracking, welding cracking or stress failure of the part. Preheating can be done with either a torch, oven or electrical heating device. Special temperature-melting crayons can help you verify proper preheat. Too much heat and you can often ruin alloy materials!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;b&gt;Adequate Penetration - Correct Welding Procedure&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/i&gt; - Identify the correct amperage, travel speed, size of weld, polarity, etc. Make sure the completed weld meets your expectations in regards to size and appearance. Welds should be smooth and uniform, free from undercut or porosity. If possible, watch a video showing the type of welding you will be doing so you know what things are suppose to look like.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Proper Cool Down&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Preheating is the most effective way of slowing the cooling rate of massive or restrained parts, which are inherently crack sensitive. Insulating the part immediately after welding with dry sand, lime, or a glass fiber blanket also helps minimize residual cooling stresses, weld cracking and distortion. Never quench a weld with ice or water as this will lead to greater internal stresses and potentially weld cracking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Post Weld Heat Treatment&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Some items may require tempering or heat-treating. What this means is that you warm the item up with your torch after welding and allow it to slowly cool.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Safety&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are a few rules you should follow as you are welding/hardfacing:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img height="207" alt="Welding and Farming" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldfarm2.jpg" width="210" align="right" vspace="5" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;b&gt;Protect yourself from fumes and gases&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/i&gt; - Always weld in an open, well-ventilated room and keep your head out of the fumes - especially with hardfacing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Wear protective clothing&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Protect your eyes and face with a welding helmet designed for arc welding, not just gas welding goggles. In the same manner, protect your body from weld spatter and arc flash with woolen or cotton clothing, a flameproof apron and gloves, and boots. Also make sure to protect others around you from the arc rays as well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Beware of electric shock&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Do not touch live electrical parts and make sure that your welding machine is properly grounded. Never weld if you are wet or if your gloves have holes in them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Fire/explosion hazard&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; - Never weld in an enclosed space or near hay, feed bags, gasoline, diesel, hydraulic fluids or anything else that can be within the reach of your welding sparks that would cause a fire or explosion. Never weld alone. Always have a buddy nearby in case of an emergency.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Conclusion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;After reading this article, you should be able to reap the benefits of welding in much the same way as you already reap the benefits of the earth on your farm.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;b&gt;Selecting Your Welding Process&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sure, you know you have a weld to make. . .that's the easy part. . . but you need to start by examining your application.. Everybody's job is individual and has specific requirements. Therefore, if you're really confused the best idea is to consult a welding expert in person. If you still have questions after reading this article, just &lt;a href="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/knowledge/askus/default.asp?section=knowledge" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;ask us&lt;/a&gt; online.&lt;img height="185" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldprocess1.jpg" width="250" align="right" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;However, this article can help you with welding process selection in four easy steps:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;1.) The joint to be welded is analyzed in terms of its requirements.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;2.) The joint requirements are matched with the capabilities of available processes. One or more of the processes are selected for further examination.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;3.) A checklist of variables is used to determine the ability of the selected processes(s) to meet the particular application.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;4.) Finally, the proposed process or processes deemed most efficient are reviewed with an informed representative of the equipment manufacturer for verification of suitability and for more information&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 1 - Analysis of Joint Requirements.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img height="203" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldprocess2.jpg" width="250" align="left" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;The first thing to look at is whether your weld joint is large or small, whether the joint is out-of-position or not, and whether the base metal is thick or thin.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In welding, the needs of any joint are expressed in four terms: &lt;b&gt;Fast-Fill&lt;/b&gt; (high deposition rate), &lt;b&gt;Fast-Freeze&lt;/b&gt; (the joint is out-of-position - overhead or vertical), &lt;b&gt;Fast-Follow&lt;/b&gt; (high arc speed and very small welds), and &lt;b&gt;Penetration&lt;/b&gt; (the depth the weld penetrates the base metal)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Fast-Fill&lt;/b&gt; is required when a large amount of weld metal is needed to fill the joint. A heavy weld bead can only be laid down in minimum arc time with a high deposition rate. However, Fast-Fill becomes a minor consideration when the weld is small.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Fast-Freeze&lt;/b&gt; implies that a joint is out-of-position, and therefore requires quick solidification of the molten crater. Not all semiautomatic processes can be used on fast-freeze joints.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Fast-Follow&lt;/b&gt; suggests that the molten metal follows the arc at rapid travel speed, giving continuous, well-shaped beads, without "skips" or islands. This trait is especially desirable on relatively small single-pass welds, such as those used in joining sheet metal.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Penetration&lt;/b&gt; varies with the joint. With some joints, penetration must be deep to provide adequate mixing of the weld and base metal and with others it must be limited to prevent burnthrough or cracking.&lt;img height="200" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldprocess3.jpg" width="200" align="right" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Any joint can be categorized in terms of the previously mentioned four factors. To determine the appropriate welding process, keep your efforts focused on the requirements of the weld joint. A joint that requires, or can be welded by, just one arc welding process is rare. In fact, the majority of joints usually are characterized&lt;br /&gt;by a combination of these requirements to varying degrees. Once you've determined your appropriate joint requirements and ranked them, have your assessment reviewed by an experienced engineer or welder. With time and experience, you'll be able to make these assessments more accurately and with less difficulty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 2 - Matching Joint Requirements With Processes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your equipment manufacturers' literature usually will give information on the ability of various processes to fulfill the needs of the joint. (Or, a telephone call or email will bring the needed information.) A wrong answer is virtually impossible at this point, since the deposition rate and arc-speed characteristics of each process can be clearly defined. Since you have characterized your weld joint it is simply a matter of selecting the process that suits your characterization. To view some machines and consumables with various characteristics &lt;a href="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/products/" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;click here&lt;/a&gt; to view Lincoln Electric's product line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;So what do you do when you find that two or more processes are suitable, which is sometimes the case? You create a checklist!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 3 - The Checklist&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img height="200" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldprocess4.jpg" width="250" align="left" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;Considerations other than the joint itself have a bearing on selection decisions. Many of these are specific to your job or welding shop. However, they can be of great importance - and a key factor in eliminating alternate processes. Organize these factors into a checklist and consider them one-by-one:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Volume of Production.&lt;/b&gt; You must justify the cost of welding equipment by the amount of work, or productivity, required. Or, if the work volume for one application is not great enough, another application may be found to help offset the costs.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Weld Specifications.&lt;/b&gt; Rule out a process if it does not provide the weld properties specified by the code governing the work.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Operator Skill. &lt;/b&gt;Operators may develop skill with one process more rapidly than another. Will you have to train your operators in a new process? That adds cost!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Auxiliary Equipment.&lt;/b&gt; Every process has a recommended power source and other items of auxiliary equipment. If a process makes use of existing auxiliary equipment, the initial cost in changing to that process can be substantially reduced.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Accessory Equipment.&lt;/b&gt; Availability and cost of necessary accessory equipment - chipping hammers, deslagging tools, flux lay-down and pickup equipment, exhaust systems, et cetera - should be taken into account.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Base-Metal Conditions.&lt;/b&gt; Rust, oil, fit-up of the joint, weldability of the steel, and other conditions must be considered. These factors could limit the usefulness of a particular process.&lt;img height="230" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldprocess5.jpg" width="250" align="right" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Arc Visibility.&lt;/b&gt; Is there a problem following irregular seams? Then open-arc processes are advantageous. On the other hand, if there's no difficulty in correct placement of the weld bead, there are "operator-comfort" benefits with the submerged-arc process; no head-shield required and heat from the arc is reduced.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Fixturing Requirements.&lt;/b&gt; A change to a semiautomatic process requires some fixturing if productivity is to be realized. Appraise the equipment to find out if it can adapt to processes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Production Bottlenecks.&lt;/b&gt; If the process reduces unit fabrication cost, but creates a production bottleneck, its value is lost. Highly complicated equipment that requires frequent servicing by skilled technicians may slow up your actual production thereby diminishing its value.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The completed checklist should contain every factor known to affect the economics of the operation. Some may be specific to the weld job or weld shop. Other items might include:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Protection Requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Range of Weld Sizes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Application Flexibility&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Seam Length&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Setup Time Requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Initial Equipment Cost&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Cleanliness Requirements&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;Evaluate these items realistically recognizing the peculiarities of the application as well as those of the process, and the equipment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Human prejudice should not enter the selection process; otherwise objectivity is lost - when all other things are equal, the guiding criterion should be overall cost.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Step 4 - Review of the Application by Manufacturer's Representative.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img height="235" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/weldprocess6.jpg" width="200" align="left" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;This may seem redundant, but the talents of experts should be utilized. Thus, the checklist to be used is tailored by the user to his individual situation. You know your application best and your welding expert knows his equipment best. Together, you should be able to confirm or modify the checklist. To contact a Lincoln Electric welding Expert &lt;a href="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/knowledge/askus/default.asp?section=knowledge" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;click here.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Systemizing the Systematic Approach.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A system is of no value unless it is used. Create a chart and follow the steps to determining process. By taking the time to analyze each new weld joint, your operation will become more productive and your welding experience will be more fulfilling.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Source: Adapted from &lt;i&gt;The Procedure Handbook of Arc Welding&lt;/i&gt;. The Lincoln Electric Company, 1994.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To order a copy of Lincoln Electric's Procedure Handbook of Arc Welding or other welding textbooks and educational aids, &lt;a href="https://ssl.lincolnelectric.com/lincoln/" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;click here &lt;/a&gt;to print out and fax an order form.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;b&gt;Arc-Welding Fundamentals&lt;br /&gt;The Lincoln Electric Company, 1994.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Arc welding is one of several fusion processes for joining metals. By applying intense heat, metal at the joint between two parts is melted and caused to intermix - directly, or more commonly, with an intermediate molten filler metal. Upon cooling and solidification, a metallurgical bond is created. Since the joining is an intermixture of metals, the final weldment potentially has the same strength properties as the metal of the parts. This is in sharp contrast to non-fusion processes of joining (i.e. soldering, brazing etc.) in which the mechanical and physical properties of the base materials cannot be duplicated at the joint.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;table align="right" border="0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td width="100%"&gt;&lt;img height="165" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/arcweldfund1.jpg" width="250" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td width="100%"&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Fig. 1&lt;/b&gt; The basic arc-welding circuit  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;p&gt;In arc welding, the intense heat needed to melt metal is produced by an electric arc. The arc is formed between the actual work and an electrode (stick or wire) that is manually or mechanically guided along the joint. The electrode can either be a rod with the purpose of simply carrying the current between the tip and the work. Or, it may be a specially prepared rod or wire that not only conducts the current but also melts and supplies filler metal to the joint. Most welding in the manufacture of steel products uses the second type of electrode.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Basic Welding Circuit&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The basic arc-welding circuit is illustrated in Fig. 1. An AC or DC power source, fitted with whatever controls may be needed, is connected by a work cable to the workpiece and by a "hot" cable to an electrode holder of some type, which makes an electrical contact with the welding electrode.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;An arc is created across the gap when the energized circuit and the electrode tip touches the workpiece and is withdrawn, yet still with in close contact.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The arc produces a temperature of about 6500ºF at the tip. This heat melts both the base metal and the electrode, producing a pool of molten metal sometimes called a "crater." The crater solidifies behind the electrode as it is moved along the joint. The result is a fusion bond.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Arc Shielding&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;However, joining metals requires more than moving an electrode along a joint. Metals at high temperatures tend to react chemically with elements in the air - oxygen and nitrogen. When metal in the molten pool comes into contact with air, oxides and nitrides form which destroy the strength and toughness of the weld joint. Therefore, many arc-welding processes provide some means of covering the arc and the molten pool with a protective shield of gas, vapor, or slag. This is called arc shielding. This shielding prevents or minimizes contact of the molten metal with air. Shielding also may improve the weld. An example is a granular flux, which actually adds deoxidizers to the weld.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;table width="260" align="right" border="0"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td width="100%"&gt;&lt;img height="171" hspace="5" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/basics/arcweldfund2.jpg" width="250" vspace="5" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td width="100%"&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Fig. 2&lt;/b&gt; This shows how the coating on a coated (stick) electrode provides a gaseous shield around the arc and a slag covering on the hot weld deposit.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;p&gt;Figure 2 illustrates the shielding of the welding arc and molten pool with a Stick electrode. The extruded covering on the filler metal rod, provides a shielding gas at the point of contact while the slag protects the fresh weld from the air.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The arc itself is a very complex phenomenon. In-depth understanding of the physics of the arc is of little value to the welder, but some knowledge of its general characteristics can be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Nature of the Arc&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;An arc is an electric current flowing between two electrodes through an ionized column of gas. A negatively charged cathode and a positively charged anode create the intense heat of the welding arc. Negative and positive ions are bounced off of each other in the plasma column at an accelerated rate.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In welding, the arc not only provides the heat needed to melt the electrode and the base metal, but under certain conditions must also supply the means to transport the molten metal from the tip of the electrode to the work. Several mechanisms for metal transfer exist. Two (of many) examples include:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Surface Tension Transfer - a drop of molten metal touches the molten metal pool and is drawn into it by surface tension.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Spray Arc - the drop is ejected from the molten metal at the electrode tip by an electric pinch propelling it to the molten pool. (great for overhead welding!)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;p&gt;If an electrode is &lt;i&gt;consumable&lt;/i&gt;, the tip melts under the heat of the arc and molten droplets are detached and transported to the work through the arc column. Any arc welding system in which the electrode is melted off to become part of the weld is described as &lt;i&gt;metal-arc&lt;/i&gt;. In carbon or tungsten (TIG) welding there are no molten droplets to be forced across the gap and onto the work. Filler metal is melted into the joint from a separate rod or wire.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;More of the heat developed by the arc is transferred to the weld pool with consumable electrodes. This produces higher thermal efficiencies and narrower heat-affected zones.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Since there must be an ionized path to conduct electricity across a gap, the mere switching on of the welding current with an electrically cold electrode posed over it will not start the arc. The arc must be &lt;i&gt;ignited&lt;/i&gt;. This is caused by either supplying an initial voltage high enough to cause a discharge or by touching the electrode to the work and then withdrawing it as the contact area becomes heated.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Arc welding may be done with direct current (DC) with the electrode either positive or negative or alternating current (AC). The choice of current and polarity depends on the process, the type of electrode, the arc atmosphere, and the metal being welded.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/3963295992827198344/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/3963295992827198344?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="74 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/3963295992827198344" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/3963295992827198344" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2010/11/welding-basics.html" rel="alternate" title="Welding Basics" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>74</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-8624641379988997868</id><published>2010-11-03T01:18:00.004+02:00</published><updated>2010-11-03T01:28:28.990+02:00</updated><title type="text">Underwater-welding for saving while rescuing</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;SOLUTIONS with Effective, Powerful Advice&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Underwater-welding&lt;br /&gt;Should I take the plunge?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Underwater-welding&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt; , enclosure welding, hyperbaric enclosure welding, wet Underwater-welding, high pressure water jet welding, other welding processes: &lt;strong&gt;friction&lt;/strong&gt; welding,&lt;strong&gt;resistance&lt;/strong&gt; welding, &lt;strong&gt;arc&lt;/strong&gt; welding, tig welding, mig welding, &lt;strong&gt;oxyacetylene&lt;/strong&gt; welding, &lt;strong&gt;electron beam&lt;/strong&gt; welding, laser beam welding, welding techniques, welding information, welding &lt;strong&gt;links&lt;/strong&gt;, welding &lt;strong&gt;tips&lt;/strong&gt;, welding instructions, improving welding &lt;strong&gt;results&lt;/strong&gt;, welding safety issues, joining questions needing &lt;strong&gt;answers&lt;/strong&gt;: these are some of the items developed in this Site for the benefit of interested readers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;What is in here for me?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Underwater-welding, one of the best examples of adapting a well known process to the harsh and dangerous environment of the &lt;strong&gt;sea&lt;/strong&gt;, demonstrates what necessity, ingenuity and continuing efforts could accomplish, mostly to &lt;strong&gt;save&lt;/strong&gt; huge investments in offshore structures that were damaged and needed repair.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;What is there, deep in the water? Does it pay?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;The advantages are of economical nature, because Underwater-welding for marine maintenance and repair jobs bypasses the need to pull the structure out of the sea and saves much valuable &lt;strong&gt;time&lt;/strong&gt;. If one thinks of Underwater-welding the hull of a ship or of a partially submerged oil drilling tower, one understands that the alternative may be extremely expensive, if at all possible.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;The limitations of Underwater-welding concern the inevitable bulky and expensive setup to provide the welder with all the &lt;strong&gt;support&lt;/strong&gt; needed, for respiration, for protection from cold, for special welding equipment, for remote surveillance camera, for special non destructive testing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Is it risky?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;The main risks for the welder performing Underwater-welding are the potential for electric&lt;strong&gt;shock&lt;/strong&gt;, the possibility of producing in the arc mixtures of hydrogen and oxygen in pockets, which might set up an explosion, and the common danger sustained by divers, of having nitrogen diffuse in the blood in dangerous proportions. Curiously the risk of drowning is not listed with the hazards of Underwater-welding.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;First there were no demands for quality. Underwater-welding was just applied to weld a&lt;strong&gt;patch&lt;/strong&gt; until a more thorough repair could be performed. But as soon as more experience was gained, ambitious individuals and companies joined forces to improve results and to establish achievable specifications.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Let us continue...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;... with some more details on Underwater-welding. There are three main ways to perform Underwater-welding. One is to build an enclosure, a &lt;strong&gt;pit&lt;/strong&gt;, around the place of repair and to pump away all the water: that amounts to prepare the conditions for normal welding in air, although the place may be deep under sea level.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Another method of Underwater-welding consists in preparing an enclosure to be filled with gas (helium) under high &lt;strong&gt;pressure&lt;/strong&gt; (hyperbaric) to push water back, and have the welder, fitted with breathing mask and other protective equipment, weld quite normally out of water but under pressure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;The third is the wet Underwater-welding method, where no attempts are made to dry up the location of welding. Instead the power of the &lt;strong&gt;arc&lt;/strong&gt; generates a bubble of a mixture of gases which lets metal melting and joining occur more or less normally, using specially covered electrodes to avoid that too much hydrogen be absorbed in the weld. The skilled welder must also be a diver, equipped for Underwater-welding, with all the extra equipment and protection a welder must use.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;There is also a less used method of Underwater-welding which features a special torch which sprays a cone of high pressure water, within which protective gas under pressure insulates the weld location from the water during welding.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Frequently Asked Information&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Basic informations and suggestions on this subject can be found by clicking on &lt;a href="http://www.aws.org/education/plunge.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Taking the Plunge&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;A short list of educational facilities is available by clicking on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.aws.org/education/underwater.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Underwater-welding&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;An informative article describing developments and achievements of this demanding specialty can be read by &lt;a href="http://www.diveweb.com/uw/archives/arch/marapr00.02.shtml" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;clicking here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Another recommended article explaining the essential subjects of such a schooling and training program can be seen &lt;a href="http://www.diveweb.com/commdive/features/marapr2000.01.htm" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Note:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt; Let us make it clear at once that Underwater-welding has nothing to do and should not be confused with Submerged Arc Welding wich is a specialized process described in a page on &lt;a href="http://www.welding-advisers.com/Welding-arc.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Arc Welding&lt;/a&gt;, and which is performed outside water.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Other Welding Processes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Even if you are not familiar with Underwater-welding, you certainly know your processes. But how could a different one be selected?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By first knowing what other processes look like. One can certainly learn the most by enrolling in training courses, if it makes sense.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;You know that there is no universal welding process perfectly adapted and convenient to whatever form and material joining. However in most cases one or more processes may be selected which permit acceptable welds to be performed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;How would you select your process? Is the process you use the best one? How would you improve on it? What is the best process?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Tip!&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt; : The "best" process is the the least expensive and available one that can be used to produce acceptable welds performing the functions of strength and stability required for the joint.&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;If you are looking...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;... for information on other welding PROCESSES, chances are you will be able to find what interests you just by browsing here. However, if you do not find what you look for, write us by e-mail. &lt;a href="mailto:questions@welding-advisers.com" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Click here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;The following descriptive information of only the most important processes is provided for general orientation leaving more specific &lt;strong&gt;details&lt;/strong&gt; to be found in the underlined referenced pages hereafter.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;For practical purposes of designation, processes are usually divided between PRESSURE and FUSION WELDING. In the first type, pressure is always applied, with or without external means to provide heat, while melting temperature may or may not be reached. In the second type melting temperature is usually reached locally without the use of pressure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Did you know that...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Welding history recognizes FORGE WELDING, which belongs to the pressure category, as one of the &lt;strong&gt;oldest&lt;/strong&gt; processes performed in the blacksmith's shop well before the twentieth century. Do you agree that it could be a very interesting experience for school-children to watch, if somebody wanted to revive the practice for a show? Would you organize that for your community?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;This joining is achieved when two elements, usually steel bar ends, heated to white temperature in a coal burning forced air furnace, are brought rapidly together and&lt;strong&gt;hammered&lt;/strong&gt; thoroughly on the anvil to expel any oxide layer which might be present and to work them intimately to complete union.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Similar but different...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;A modern sophisticated version, called FRICTION WELDING was developed, which has some important applications, especially for mass production or for specialized repairs. In general it is not for job-shops, but small shops dedicated only to this specialty may thrive, given the right conditions. A description of the process follows in the dedicated page: click on &lt;a href="http://www.welding-advisers.com/Friction-welding.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Friction Welding Process&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Most important in the pressure category are RESISTANCE WELDING processes, further divided into spot, seam and projection welding, frequently highly automated. Many of our everyday household items and car bodies are held together by resistance welds. How would you decide if it is the right solution for your welding problems and how could you improve on it?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;These processes share the fact that heating is produced by the resistance to the flow of a concentrated high electric current which is made to pass locally between special copper electrodes holding the elements to be welded together under applied pressure. For more details click on &lt;a href="http://www.welding-advisers.com/Resistance-welding.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Resistance Welding&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;On the other hand...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Of the fusion welding processes developed in the twentieth century, and acclaimed as a real and important breakthrough, &lt;a href="http://www.welding-advisers.com/Welding-gas.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;GAS WELDING&lt;/a&gt;, using an open FLAME, is probably one of the earliest of modern welding history. In this manual process the heat required for local progressive melting is provided by the flame of combustion of &lt;strong&gt;acetylene&lt;/strong&gt; gas (other gases were tried and abandoned) with oxygen. A filler metal rod of appropriate composition may or may not be used as required.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;In preparation for Underwater-welding there may be a need to perform flame cutting using hydrogen gas. (Flame welding is not used). See details in &lt;a href="http://www.welding-advisers.com/Cutting-torch.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;Cutting&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.welding-advisers.com/Welding-arc.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;ARC WELDING&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt; represents a family of quite different processes, each one best adapted to its particular application niche. In these processes the energy required for melting the metals is provided by an electric arc, struck between the electrode, held by the torch, and the workpiece, usually clamped on a welding table.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Underwater-welding is mostly performed by variations on this process, taking into account the particular environmental and operator's requirements.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;In the general case, the &lt;strong&gt;electrode&lt;/strong&gt; is either consumable, melting to provide filler material, or non consumable, being made from a refractory tungsten alloy. In this case, when needed, filler metal is provided separately either from a manually held filler rod or from a reel fed continuously in automatic or semi-automatic equipment.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;The needed protective atmosphere is provided by gases from decomposition processes of suitable materials, enrobing the electrodes (sticks) or included in the core of specially prepared (flux cored) filler wires. Otherwise a stream of inert gas like Argon or carbon dioxide (CO 2) or mixtures thereof is continuously supplied to the molten pool through the torch.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;Last but most important...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.welding-advisers.com/Electron-Beam-Welding.html" style="text-decoration: none; "&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;High Energy Welding&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt; processes are more specialized, in that they require sophisticated equipment, mostly precisely computer controlled, and are used for specific and important applications like aerospace, submarine (but not Underwater-welding!) and nuclear, or for mass production of delicate small implements.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;                                                                                                    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-weight: bold; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: small;"&gt;SOURCE: &lt;a href="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/links/welding_advisers.html" style="text-decoration: underline; "&gt;Elia E. Levi and welding-advisers.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/8624641379988997868/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/8624641379988997868?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="4 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8624641379988997868" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8624641379988997868" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2010/11/underwater-welding-for-saving-while.html" rel="alternate" title="Underwater-welding for saving while rescuing" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>4</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-8949528363871821949</id><published>2010-11-03T01:16:00.000+02:00</published><updated>2010-11-03T01:17:52.198+02:00</updated><title type="text">Aluminum: Experience in Application</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;b&gt;What you should know about welding aluminum.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span class="boldtext" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(71, 82, 88); "&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In recent years, the use of aluminum in manufacturing has become more prevalent because of its light weight and other attributes that make it an attractive alternative to steel. In fact, the aluminum welding market is expected to grow at a rate of 5.5 percent annually based primarily on the assumption that the automotive industry will continue to increase its use of aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But, those experienced in the welding of steel will find aluminum to be a different breed – the normal welding characteristics of steel don’t always apply to aluminum. For example, aluminum’s high thermal conductivity and low melting point can easily lead to burnthrough and warpage problems if proper procedures are not followed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this article, we will first take a look at various alloying elements and how they affect aluminum; then we will turn our attention to welding procedures and the parameters that will create the best quality weld. Lastly, we will examine some new technology breakthroughs that make welding aluminum a little easier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alloying Elements &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To understand aluminum, you must first understand some basics about aluminum metallurgy. Aluminum can be alloyed with a number of different elements, both primary and secondary, to provide improved strength, corrosion resistance and/or general weldability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The primary elements that alloy with aluminum are copper, silicon, manganese, magnesium and zinc. But, before we examine them in detail and what they bring to aluminum, it is important to note that these alloys fall into two classes: heat-treatable or nonheat-treatable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heat-Treatable vs. Nonheat-Treatable Alloys&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Heat-treatable alloys are those that can be heated after welding to regain strength lost during the welding process. To heat-treat an alloy means heating it at a high temperature, putting the alloying elements into solid solution and then cooling it at a rate which will produce a supersaturated solution. The next step in the process is to maintain it at a lower temperature long enough to allow a controlled amount of precipitation of the alloying elements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the nonheat-treatable alloys it is possible to increase strength through cold working or strain hardening. To do this, a mechanical deformation must occur in the metal structure, resulting in increased resistance to strain, producing higher strength and lower ductility.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="250" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp1.jpg" width="350" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Further Distinctions&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To further designate aluminum alloys, they can also be classified by a temper designation which are as follows: F = As fabricated, O = Annealed, H = Strain hardened; W = Solution heat-treated and T = Thermally treated, which can designated heat treatment, or cold working aging. For example an alloy may carry the designation of 2014 T6. This means that it is alloyed with copper (2XXX series) and the T6 refers to the fact that it is solution heat-treated and artificially aged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For purposes of this article, we will discuss wrought alloys, which are those aluminum alloys that are rolled from ingot or extruded with customer specified shapes. But please note that alloys can also be divided into cast alloys. Cast alloys are those used to manufacture parts from molten alloys of aluminum poured into molds. Cast alloys are precipitation hardenable but never strain hardenable. The weldability of these alloys is affected by casting type – permanent mold, die cast, and sand – since the casting surface is critical to welding success. A three-digit number, plus one decimal i.e. 2xx.x designates the cast alloys. Weldable grades of aluminum castings are 319.0, 355.0, 356.0, 443.0, 444.0, 520.0, 535.0, 710.0 and 712.0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Alloying Elements&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, that you understand some of the terminology, let’s take a look at the different alloying elements:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Copper&lt;/b&gt; (which carries a wrought alloy designation of 2XXX series) provides high strength to aluminum. This series is heat-treatable and mainly used in aircraft engine parts, rivets and screw products. Most 2XXX series alloys are considered poor for arc welding because of their sensitivity to hot cracking. These alloys are generally welded with 4043 or 4145 series filler electrodes, which have low melting points to reduce the probability of hot cracking. Exceptions to this are alloys 2014, 2219 and 2519, which are easily welded with a 2319 filler wire.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Manganese&lt;/b&gt; (3XXX series) added to aluminum yields a nonheat-treatable series used for general-purpose fabrication and build-up. Moderate in strength, the 3XXX series is used for forming applications including utility and van trailer sheet. It is improved through strain hardening to provide good ductility and improved corrosion properties. Typically welded with 4043 or 5356 electrode, the 3XXX series is excellent for welding and not prone to hot cracking. Its moderate strengths do prevent this series from being used in structural applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Silicon&lt;/b&gt; (4XXX series) reduces the melting point of aluminum and improves fluidity. Its principle use is as filler metal. The 4XXX series has good weldability and is considered a nonheat-treatable alloy. Alloy 4047 is becoming the alloy of choice in the automotive industry, as it is very fluid and good for brazing and welding.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Magnesium&lt;/b&gt; (5XXX series), when added to aluminum, has excellent weldability with a minimal loss of strength and is basically not prone to hot cracking. In fact, the 5XXX series has the highest strength of the nonheat-treatable aluminum alloys. It is used for chemical storage tanks and pressure vessels at elevated temperatures as well as structural applications, railway cars, dump trucks and bridges because of its corrosion resistance. It looses ductility when welded with 4XXX series fillers due to formation of Mg2Si.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Silicon and Magnesium&lt;/b&gt; (6XXX series) combine to serve as alloying elements for this medium-strength, heat-treatable series. It is principally used in automotive, pipe, railings, structural and extruding applications. The 6XXX series is somewhat prone to hot cracking, but this problem can be overcome by the correct choice of joint and filler metal. This series can be welded with either 5XXX or 4XXX series without cracking – adequate dilution of the base alloys with selected filler alloy is essential. A 4043 electrode is the most common for use with this series.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="250" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp2.jpg" width="350" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Zinc&lt;/b&gt; (7XXX series) added to aluminum with magnesium and copper produces the highest strength heat-treatable aluminum alloy. It is primarily used in the aircraft industry. The weldability of the 7XXX series is compromised in higher copper grades, as many of these grades are crack sensitive (due to wide melting ranges and low solidus melting temperatures.) Grades 7005 and 7039 are weldable with 5XXX fillers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Other elements&lt;/b&gt; (8XXX series) that are alloyed with aluminum (i.e. lithium) all fall under this series. Most of these alloys are not commonly welded, though they offer very good rigidity and are principally used in the aerospace industry. Filler metal selection for these heat-treatable alloys include the 4XXX series.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Pure Aluminum&lt;/b&gt; (1XXX series), though not an alloying element, is considered nonheat-treatable and is used primarily in chemical tanks and piping because of its superior corrosion resistance. This series is also used in electrical bus conductors because of its excellent electrical conductivity. 1XXX series are easily welded with 1100 and 4043 alloys.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In addition to the primary aluminum alloying elements, there is a number of secondary elements, which include chromium, iron, zirconium, vanadium, bismuth, nickel and titanium. These elements combine with aluminum to provide improved corrosion resistance, increased strength and better heat treatability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Physical Properties&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now that you have a basic background on aluminum metallurgy, we will move into the physical properties of base metal aluminum and how it compares to other metals, primarily steel.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="250" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp3.jpg" width="350" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;The reason why aluminum is becoming specified for so many jobs is its physical properties. For instance, aluminum is three times lighter than steel and yet offers higher strength when alloyed with the right elements. It can conduct electricity six times better than steel and nearly 30 times better than stainless steel. This high electrical conductivity makes the effect of electrical stick-out in GMAW (Gas Metal Arc Welding) less significant when compared to steel (we will cover this concept in more detail later in this article.)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="250" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp4.jpg" width="350" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;In addition, aluminum provides excellent corrosion resistance, is easy to shape and join, and also is non-toxic for food applications. Since it is non-magnetic, arc blow is not a problem during welding. With a thermal conductivity rate that is five times higher than steel and being less viscous, aluminum can easily be welded out-of-position. Aluminum does have its drawbacks, though, since its high thermal conductivity tends to act as a heat sink making fusion and penetration more difficult.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since aluminum has a low melting point 1,200 degrees F (half that of steel) for the same wire size, the transition current for aluminum is much lower than it is for steel. Also, for the same welding current, the burn-off rate is about twice that of steel.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Chemical Properties&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In terms of chemical composition, aluminum has a high maximum solubility for hydrogen atoms in the liquid form and a low solubility at the solidification point. This means that even a small amount of hydrogen dissolved in the liquid weld metal will tend to escape as the aluminum solidifies and porosity is likely to occur – a great cause of concern during the welding process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also, aluminum combines with oxygen to form an aluminum oxide layer instantaneously as it is machined. This layer is very porous and can easily trap moisture, oil, grease and other materials. The oxide provides excellent corrosion resistance, but must be taken off before welding as it prevents fusion due to its high melting point (3700 degrees F). Mechanical cleaning, solvents, chemical etching and purging are used to take off the oxide layer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="412" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp5.jpg" width="450" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Mechanical Properties&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield and elongation are affected by the choice of aluminum base and filler alloys. For groove welds, the Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) dictates the strength of the joint. In nonheat-treatable aluminum alloys, the HAZ will be completely annealed and the HAZ will be the weakest point. Heat-treatable alloys require much longer periods at annealing temperatures combined with slow cooling to completely anneal them so that weld strength is less affected. Such items as preheating, lack of interpass cooling, and excessive heat input from slow, weaving weld passes all increase peak temperature and time at temperature, which means minimum strength levels might not be met.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For fillet welds, strength is dependent on the composition of the filler alloy used to weld the joint. In structural applications, the selection of 5XXX instead of 4XXX series filler can provide twice the strength&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="250" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp6.jpg" width="350" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;The nonheat-treatable alloys offer excellent ductility when using matching fillers, though lower ductility results from welds made with 4XXX series. Heat-treatable alloys do not exhibit high ductility, and post-weld heat treatments generally reduce ductility.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="250" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp7.jpg" width="350" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;hr width="350" size="1"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img height="250" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp8.jpg" width="350" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Taking Metallurgy to the Next Level&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now that we have some background on aluminum metallurgy, we now want to apply that knowledge to the actual welding of the alloy. To do this, we will first take a look at technology that produces outstanding welding characteristics on aluminum, combating common problems such as poor penetration, high spatter levels, burnthrough and porosity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today’s quick response inverters using Lincoln’s patented Waveform Control Technology™ precisely control welding waveforms for more efficient control of droplet transfer. This reduces the amount of spatter caused by the low density of aluminum while a high-energy pulse peak insures proper penetration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In addition, since variations in chemistry dramatically change an alloy’s physical properties, these custom waveforms can be designed for specific alloys to best suit the physical properties of what is being welded.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Because aluminum has a high maximum solubility for hydrogen in its liquid state and a low solubility at its solidification point, pulsing output waveforms are further designed to minimize arc length by trimming the output as low as possible and reduce the likelihood of porosity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lincoln has recently taken custom waveforms to the next level with Wave Designer Software®. The software allows welding engineers and operators to manipulate and modify welding waveforms on their PCs as communicated from welding equipment in real time. This creates high quality, tailored performance, when used in conjunction with inverters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;New Welding Methods&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The use of Constant Current power sources for the gas metal arc welding of aluminum has a long and very successful history. The use of “drooper” output has assisted in the delivery of a high energy axial spray transfer mode for aluminum that responds evenly and consistently with the proper welding current despite changes in arc length. The result of constant current is consistent penetration throughout the length of a given weld.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The evolution of the control of the arc has lead recently to the development of software controlled inverter power sources. The use of software to “optimize” arc characteristics for aluminum GMAW has been taken to a new level at Lincoln Electric and it is known as Waveform Control Technology. A modified constant current output is employed in a very high speed synergic pulsed output that incorporates many of the benefits of Constant Current GMAW for Aluminum. These benefits include the high energy input that occurs during the pulse peak. The pulse peak helps to provide a consistent penetration profile throughout the length of a given weld and the advantages of pulsing also includes reduced spatter levels, improved puddle fluidity with an increase in effective travel speeds, and reduced heat input and lower distortion levels.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lincoln Electric’s Waveform Control Technology™ takes pulsing to the next level. This technology allows welding waveforms to be manipulated to form the “perfect”, user defined, waveform for a particular application. This Waveform Control Technology and the tailoring it provides, can be found in highly developed software such as that found in Lincoln’s Power Wave inverter power sources. The Power Wave can be utilized in either one of two ways. Operators can select pre-programmed waveforms for welding aluminum or, engineers can create their own tailored, waveforms using Lincoln’s Wave Designer Software. These waveforms, which are created on a PC, can be programmed into the Power Wave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Anatomy of a Waveform&lt;/b&gt;&lt;img height="250" hspace="8" src="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/images/alumapp9.jpg" width="175" align="right" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;But what exactly is the waveform control technology provided by Wave Designer Pro? With this technology, the power source responds to changes demanded by the software instantaneously. Keep in mind that the “waveform” is the means for determining the performance characteristics of a single molten droplet of electrode. The area under the waveform determines the amount of energy applied to that single droplet. Current is raised to a level higher than the transition current for spray transfer for a few milliseconds. During this time the molten droplet is formed, detached, and it begins its excursion across the arc. Additional energy can now be applied to the molten droplet during its descent that allows it to maintain its fluidity or increase its fluidity. The pulse is now moving to a low background current that sustains the arc which cools the cycle but prepares for the advancement to the next pulse peak.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lets look at the waveform in detail. The front flank (A) is the rise to peak, measured in amps per millisecond, where the molten droplet is formed at the end of the electrode. As the molten droplet reaches peak it detaches. A percent of current “Overshoot”, (B), provides arc stiffness and it assists with the detachment of the molten droplet from the end of the electrode. The time spent at peak, (C) determines the droplet size; less time results in larger droplets and more time results in smaller droplets. From here the detached molten droplet is affected by energy supplied by the rear flank. The rear flank is comprised of tailout, (D), and stepoff, (E). Tailout can add energy to the molten droplet if it is increased. It can assist with puddle fluidity especially when the tailout speed is decreased. Stepoff is the place where tailout ends but it has impact on the stability of the anode and manipulation of stepoff can result in the elimination of fine droplet overspray. From this point the waveform moves to the background current, (F), where the arc is sustained. The time at the background current as it decreases has the effect of increasing the pulse frequency. The higher the pulse frequency, the higher the average current will become. Increasing frequency will result in a more focused arc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Superimposed, in a selective fashion, over the waveform is the “Adaptive” characteristic of synergic pulsed GMAW. Adaptive, or, adaptivity refers to the ability of the arc to maintain a specific length despite changes in electrical stickout. This is an important enhancement for weld bead consistency and sound weld metal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Process Optimization via Manipulating Waveforms&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Manipulating the waveform can have a predictable effect on travel speeds, final weld bead appearance, post weld cleanup and welding fume levels. The real beauty in the manipulation of the waveform in Wave Designer Pro is how easy it is to create a visual appearance for the waveform. The user can then make real-time “drag and drop” changes in a PC Windows™ environment while the arc is running. Real time changes, or the arc can be viewed on a five channel ArcScope where Current peaks, Voltage Peaks, Power, and heat input calculations can be instantaneously viewed. The ArcScope samples data at a rate of 10KHz and is a valuable, optional-addition to the Wave Designer Software. The ArcScope gives the engineer a visual compilation of the created waveform. Critiques can be made and adjustments can then be made to further optimize the Waveform.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On thin, .035”, aluminum base materials, we can reduce heat input, reduce distortion, eliminate spatter, eliminate cold lap, and eliminate burn-throughs with the use of Waveform technology. This has been done repeatedly in applications that can benefit from pulsed GMAW. Welding programs can be created that will apply to a very specific range of wire feed speeds and/or currents or they can be created to follow a very wide range of material thicknesses with a broad range of wire feed speed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Conclusion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Aluminum has many attractive attributes that make it the material of choice for a host of applications, although it can be different to weld. But, with a good understanding of metallurgy and the latest tools and technology on the market, aluminum can be dealt with successfully.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;                                                                                      &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/8949528363871821949/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/8949528363871821949?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="11 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8949528363871821949" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8949528363871821949" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2010/11/aluminum-experience-in-application.html" rel="alternate" title="Aluminum: Experience in Application" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>11</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-7897643468610976431</id><published>2010-11-03T01:11:00.001+02:00</published><updated>2010-11-03T01:15:33.044+02:00</updated><title type="text">Guidelines for Welding Cast Iron</title><content type="html">&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;Background&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cast iron is difficult, but not impossible, to weld. In most cases, welding on cast iron involves repairs to castings, not joining casting to other members. The repairs may be made in the foundry where the castings are produced, or may be made to repair casting defects that are discovered after the part is machined. Mis-machined cast iron parts may require repair welding, such as when holes are drilled in the wrong location. Frequently, broken cast iron parts are repaired by welding. &lt;b&gt;Broken cast iron parts are not unusual, given the brittle nature of most cast iron.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;While there are a variety of types of cast iron, the most common is gray cast iron, and these guidelines are directed toward this type of material. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;A few facts about cast iron help in understanding the welding challenges. Cast iron typically has a carbon content of 2% - 4%, roughly 10 times as much as most steels. The high carbon content causes the carbon to form flakes of graphite. This graphite gives gray cast iron its characteristic appearance when fractured.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;When castings are made, molten iron is poured into a mold and allowed to slowly cool. When this high carbon material is allowed to cool slowly, crack free castings can be made.&lt;b&gt;Remembering this is helpful when welding cast iron: during and after welding, the casting must either be allowed to cool slowly, or should be kept cool enough that the rate of cooling is not important.&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;A critical temperature in most cast iron is about 1450 degrees F. When at this temperature, conditions that can lead to cracking occur. While the arc will heat the casting to temperatures above this level, it is important that the casting not be held at this temperature for long periods of time.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;Electrode selection&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;If the part is to be machined after welding, a nickel-type electrode will be required. Use Lincoln Softweld® 99Ni stick electrode for single pass, high dilution welds. Softweld 55 Ni is preferred for multiple pass welds. Sometimes, root passes are put in with Softweld 99 Ni, followed by fill passes with Softweld 55 Ni. For welds where machining is not required, and where the weld is expected to rust like the cast iron, Lincoln Ferroweld® stick electrode can be used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;To Heat, or not to Heat&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;In general, it is preferred to weld cast iron with preheat--and lots of it. But, another way to successfully weld cast iron is to keep it cool--not cold, but cool. Below, both methods will be described. However, &lt;b&gt;once you select a method, stick with it. Keep it hot, or keep it cool, but don't change horses in the middle of the stream!&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;Welding Techniques with Preheat&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;Preheating the cast iron part before welding will slow the cooling rate of the weld, and the region surround the weld. It is always preferred to heat the entire casting, if possible. Typical preheat temperatures are 500-1200 degrees F. Don’t heat over 1400 degrees F since that will put the material into the critical temperature range. Preheat the part slowly and uniformly. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;Weld using a low current, to minimize admixture, and residual stresses. In some cases, it may be necessary to restrict the welds to small, approximately 1-inch long segments to prevent the build up of residual stresses that can lead to cracking. Peening of weld beads can be helpful in this regard as well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;After welding, allow the part to slowly cool. Wrapping the casting in an insulating blanket, or burying it in dry sand, will help slow cooling rates, and reduce cracking tendencies.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;Welding Techniques without Preheat&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;The size of the casting, or other circumstances, may require that the repair be made without preheat. When this is the case, the part needs to be kept cool, but not cold.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;Raising the casting temperature to 100 degrees F is helpful. If the part is on an engine, it may be possible to run it for a few minutes to obtain this temperature. Never heat the casting so hot that you cannot place your bare hand on it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;Make short, approximately 1” long welds. Peening after welding is important with this technique. Allow the weld and the casting to cool. Do not accelerate the rate of cooling with water or compressed air. It may be possible to weld in another area of the casting while the previous weld cools. All craters should be filled. Whenever possible, the beads should be deposited in the same direction, and it is preferred that the ends of parallel beads not line up with each other.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;Sealing Cracks&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;Because of the nature of cast iron, tiny cracks tend to appear next to the weld even when good procedures are followed. If the casting must be water tight, this can be a problem. However, leaking can usually be eliminated with some sort of sealing compound or they may rust shut very soon after being returned to service. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;The Studding Method&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;One method used to repair major breaks in large castings is to drill and tap holes over the surfaces that have been beveled to receive the repair weld metal. Screw steel studs into the threaded holes, leaving 3/16” (5 mm) to ¼” (6 mm)of the stud above the surface. Using the methods discussed above, weld the studs in place and cover the entire surface of the break with weld deposit. Once a good weld deposit is made, the two sides of the crack can be welded together.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;                                                                                                            &lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-weight: bold; "&gt;SOURCE: &lt;a href="http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/links/welding_advisers.html" style="text-decoration: underline; "&gt;Lincoln Electric&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left" style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"   &gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px;"&gt;http://www.weldinginfocenter.org/links/welding_advisers.html&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 10px; line-height: 15px; "&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/7897643468610976431/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/7897643468610976431?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="1 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/7897643468610976431" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/7897643468610976431" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2010/11/guidelines-for-welding-cast-iron.html" rel="alternate" title="Guidelines for Welding Cast Iron" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-7532449477762280617</id><published>2010-11-03T00:14:00.002+02:00</published><updated>2010-11-03T00:19:09.604+02:00</updated><title type="text">Electrical Submersible Pump</title><content type="html">&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkr3oBjm3m-dIQtRErtaXFlnbUtjjri9hWgY5WXcUK_f6bR2buH1DPwg46nd9ZA7gTp66Uc9-Qlap2qnafxhxZSJ07A63LhmHpViAFsSyIi7S634f9V4rTJ3WgViHiKCcJTnEVV0PkS2s/s1600/submersible-pump.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="display:block; margin:0px auto 10px; text-align:center;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 300px; height: 300px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkr3oBjm3m-dIQtRErtaXFlnbUtjjri9hWgY5WXcUK_f6bR2buH1DPwg46nd9ZA7gTp66Uc9-Qlap2qnafxhxZSJ07A63LhmHpViAFsSyIi7S634f9V4rTJ3WgViHiKCcJTnEVV0PkS2s/s400/submersible-pump.jpg" border="0" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5535080092225322306" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 13px; border-collapse: collapse; color: rgb(54, 54, 54); -webkit-border-horizontal-spacing: 2px; -webkit-border-vertical-spacing: 2px; "&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;Electrical &lt;a href="http://www.thomasnet.com/products/submersible-pumps-64951601-1.html" style="color: rgb(62, 89, 145); text-decoration: none; "&gt;submersible pumps&lt;/a&gt; (ESPs), much like vertical turbine pumps in design, are typically used to pump liquid. Essentially, an electric motor drives the pump, and the fluid’s kinetic energy is increased. This energy is then partly converted into pressure, which lifts the fluid through the pump. ESPs are centrifugal pumps with vertical shafts, and as a result depend on basic rotating impellers to pressurize fluid.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;Centrifugal Pump Basics &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.thomasnet.com/products/centrifugal-pumps-64322407-1.html" style="color: rgb(62, 89, 145); text-decoration: none; "&gt;Centrifugal pumps&lt;/a&gt; feature rotating &lt;b&gt;impellers&lt;/b&gt;, typically made from metal, which contain rotating &lt;b&gt;vanes&lt;/b&gt;. These vanes transfer energy from the motor to the fluid they propel. As fluid enters the impeller, it accelerates as the impeller rotates. Eventually, the fluid exits the impeller’s vanes at an increased speed, and the kinetic energy is typically converted into pressure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;In an ESP, mechanical seals are used to prevent fluid from flowing into the motor—the motor is coupled to the pump itself, and the entire unit is submerged in the fluid it pumps. Without mechanical seals protecting the enclosed unit, the motor could short circuit and fail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;In cases where more than one impeller is used, the pump is said to be&lt;b&gt; multistage. &lt;/b&gt;Multistage centrifugal pumps may feature multiple impellers located on one shaft, or impellers on separate shafts. The result of connecting impellers in a series is higher pressure; connecting impellers parallel to one another results in increased output. Regardless, the fluid will still garner its&lt;a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Energy" style="color: rgb(62, 89, 145); text-decoration: none; "&gt;energy &lt;/a&gt;from the electric motor that drives the impellers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;ESP Applications&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;ESPs are used in many different applications. Single-stage pumps can be used for basic drainage and pumping, as in many industrial applications, and can also handle slurry pumping. Multistage pumps are more often found in water removal applications, and can be used in water and oil wells. Regardless of the application, double checking manufacturing specifications for a given ESP will help ensure its proper use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;ESPs and Oil Wells&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;Because ESPs can work with a variety of flow rates and depths, they are well-suited to work inside &lt;a href="http://fossil.energy.gov/education/energylessons/oil/" style="color: rgb(62, 89, 145); text-decoration: none; "&gt;oil wells&lt;/a&gt;. When used accurately, an ESP pump can decrease well pressure at the bottom, enabling the withdrawal of a higher amount of oil than otherwise could be extracted under normal pressure conditions. Pump diameter size ranges from 90 millimeters (mm) to 254 mm, and pumps can be one to 8.7 meters long.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;ESPs and Dewatering Gas Wells&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;Some gas reservoirs can produce a high amount of liquid, but because gas can damage ESPs, care must be taken when using an ESP to remove liquid from a gas well. However, ESP systems can be designed that enable the gas to flow freely up the pump’s casing, while the pump efficiently removes fluid. The gas flow depends largely on casing head pressure—there are typically four methods with which ESPs can be used to dewater gas wells, but depending on the exact well situation all ESP set-ups should be sufficiently researched before a method is employed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Georgia; "&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: medium; "&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/7532449477762280617/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/7532449477762280617?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="34 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/7532449477762280617" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/7532449477762280617" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2010/11/electrical-submersible-pump.html" rel="alternate" title="Electrical Submersible Pump" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkr3oBjm3m-dIQtRErtaXFlnbUtjjri9hWgY5WXcUK_f6bR2buH1DPwg46nd9ZA7gTp66Uc9-Qlap2qnafxhxZSJ07A63LhmHpViAFsSyIi7S634f9V4rTJ3WgViHiKCcJTnEVV0PkS2s/s72-c/submersible-pump.jpg" width="72"/><thr:total>34</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-5241776367928799646</id><published>2009-05-24T10:32:00.030+03:00</published><updated>2009-05-24T14:19:25.400+03:00</updated><title type="text">DrawWorks Brake System Training Course (Part I)</title><content type="html">&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;color:#cc0000;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DW Brake System&lt;br /&gt;(ZDPE/JC-70DB)&lt;br /&gt;Training Course&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Agenda&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;1- Course Objectives&lt;br /&gt;2- Introduction&lt;br /&gt;3- Hydraulic Pumps and Pressure Regulation&lt;br /&gt;4- Pneumatics&lt;br /&gt;5- Types of control valve&lt;br /&gt;      a. Poppet valves&lt;br /&gt;      b. Spool valves&lt;br /&gt;      c. Pilot-operated valves&lt;br /&gt;     d. Check valves&lt;br /&gt;     e. Shuttle a valves&lt;br /&gt;     f. Proportional valves&lt;br /&gt;6 - The DW Brake System construction&lt;br /&gt;7 - The Brake System construction&lt;br /&gt;8 - The Brake System Operation&lt;br /&gt;9 - The Brake System Maintenance and Troubleshooting&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;1. Course Objectives&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To understand:&lt;br /&gt;• The operation of the valves, pumps and hydraulic components of the DW Brake System.&lt;br /&gt;• The Hydraulic concepts behind the DW Brake System.&lt;br /&gt;• The DW Brake System Construction&lt;br /&gt;• The DW Brake System Operation&lt;br /&gt;• The DW Brake System Maintenance and Troubleshooting&lt;br /&gt;• Complete one written test &amp;amp; achieve an overall pass mark of 80%&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;2. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Most industrial processes require objects or substances to be moved from one location to another or a force to be applied to hold, shape or compress a product. Such activities are performed by Prime Movers; the workhorses of manufacturing industries. In many locations all prime movers are electrical. Rotary motions can be provided by simple motors, and linear motion can be obtained from rotary motion by devices such as screw jacks or rack and pinions. Where a pure force or a short linear stroke is required a solenoid may be used (although there are limits to the force that can be obtained by this means).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Electrical devices are not; however, the only means of providing prime movers. Enclosed fluids (both liquids and gases) can also be used to convey energy from one location to another and, consequently, to produce rotary or linear motion or apply a force. Fluid-based systems using liquids as transmission media are called hydraulic systems (from the Greek words hydra for water and aulos for a pipe; descriptions which imply fluids are water although oils are more commonly used). Gas-based systems are called Pneumatic systems (from the Greek pneumn for wind or breath). The most common gas is simply compressed air. although nitrogen is occasionally used.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;2.1. Hydraulic Fundamental Principles (Pascal`s law)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi2rzV_davcdoCB_JrY8Fw4W2bAGs3JaGvvOFHE31EVS875w0WygF3XqhMr_yALomRwYPoWmA_mSmaCEBdHkcH9IXtJlXqsp3NfQrYHGLfFctITwff-vx5avUSsn8E8OQFif1Ox7I9_cmDC/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339292302324628514" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 262px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi2rzV_davcdoCB_JrY8Fw4W2bAGs3JaGvvOFHE31EVS875w0WygF3XqhMr_yALomRwYPoWmA_mSmaCEBdHkcH9IXtJlXqsp3NfQrYHGLfFctITwff-vx5avUSsn8E8OQFif1Ox7I9_cmDC/s400/1.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Figure (1) Forces and pressure in closed tanks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;· Pressure in an enclosed fluid can be considered uniform throughout a practical system.&lt;br /&gt;· This equality of pressure is known as Pascal's law, and is illustrated in Figure (1) where a force of 5 kgf is applied to a piston of area 2 cm2&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;. This produces a pressure of 2.5 kgf cm-2 at every point within the fluid, which acts with equal force per unit area on the walls of the system.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh23ssmYs9QYJBEvKHwK1FLvLlfUO-ip5Xw4HH93xuz89xqAYk7fQqMInkwyxzLQduovFJYyje8PFEO3tXkJMY5Iy5ZQEKADo3wVjjwZa1VqEXxAKLUXzyM8AizDKsfn-2Sw2G2ehxVmZtA/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339293035709124642" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 206px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh23ssmYs9QYJBEvKHwK1FLvLlfUO-ip5Xw4HH93xuz89xqAYk7fQqMInkwyxzLQduovFJYyje8PFEO3tXkJMY5Iy5ZQEKADo3wVjjwZa1VqEXxAKLUXzyM8AizDKsfn-2Sw2G2ehxVmZtA/s400/2.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Figure (2) Mechanical advantage&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhU-qrh9YLYcyDp2g4rNwabMSn0hz76mcsdc95aVwPH9heVv-yCEWYbluVKtZw0Lz43zHCOjwjX6jf479LeMImj1-CvKNnFao0PI6PtmINYmBvlhapSf4hmr5iD9L4DkaM2qVrNQdRQ7b-N/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339293343934705442" style="WIDTH: 166px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 61px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhU-qrh9YLYcyDp2g4rNwabMSn0hz76mcsdc95aVwPH9heVv-yCEWYbluVKtZw0Lz43zHCOjwjX6jf479LeMImj1-CvKNnFao0PI6PtmINYmBvlhapSf4hmr5iD9L4DkaM2qVrNQdRQ7b-N/s400/3.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;· This expression shows an enclosed fluid may be used to magnify a force.&lt;br /&gt;· In Figure (2) a load of 2000 kg is sitting on a piston of area 500 cm2 (about 12 cm radius). The smaller piston has an area of 2 cm2.&lt;br /&gt;· An applied force f given by;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiUSuWvI4fpG5TV9Bh9aN46OfqwbYhWzrYuj0p6z6iFHJMPoonx3AqRz52-BzjO1IdKvnr4n3tJ7wmNwdNKGsH74E6pc79j2IUHr8emTcaXcf7SbM9g482_LKQmblz7uSPkf7YMG_Sh2Zbf/s1600-h/4.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339293766770205426" style="WIDTH: 251px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 75px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiUSuWvI4fpG5TV9Bh9aN46OfqwbYhWzrYuj0p6z6iFHJMPoonx3AqRz52-BzjO1IdKvnr4n3tJ7wmNwdNKGsH74E6pc79j2IUHr8emTcaXcf7SbM9g482_LKQmblz7uSPkf7YMG_Sh2Zbf/s400/4.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;will cause the 2000 kg load to rise.&lt;br /&gt;· This is called to be a mechanical advantage of 250. Energy must, however, be conserved. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;· To illustrate this, suppose the left hand piston moves down by 100 cm (one meter).&lt;br /&gt;· Because we have assumed the fluid is incompressible, a volume of liquid 200 cm2 is transferred from the left hand cylinder to the fight hand cylinder, causing the load to rise by just 0.4 cm.&lt;br /&gt;· So, although we have a force magnification of 250, we have a movement reduction of the same factor.&lt;br /&gt;· Because work is given by the product of force and the distance moved, the force is magnified and the distance moved reduced by the same factor, giving conservation of energy.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;3. Hydraulic Pumps and Pressure Regulation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;· A hydraulic pump (Fig. 3) takes oil from a tank and delivers it to the rest of the hydraulic circuit. In doing so it raises oil pressure to the required level. The operation of such a pump is illustrated in Figure 3.a.&lt;br /&gt;· On hydraulic circuit diagrams a pump is represented by the symbol of Figure 3.b, with the arrowhead showing the direction of flow.&lt;br /&gt;· Hydraulic pumps are generally driven at constant speed by a three phase AC induction motor rotating at 1500 rpm in the UK (with a 50 Hz supply) and at 1200 or 1800 rpm in the USA (with a 60 Hz supply).&lt;br /&gt;· Often pump and motor are supplied as one combined unit. As an AC motor requires some form of starter, the complete arrangement illustrated in Figure 3. c is needed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;3.1. Pump Types&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;There are two types of pump illustrated in Figure 4. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;1-&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Hydrodynamic Pump (Figure 4.a, )&lt;br /&gt;Fluid is drawn into the axis of the pump, and flung out to the periphery by centrifugal force. Flow of fluid into the load maintains pressure at the pump exit. Should the pump stop, however, there is a direct route from outlet back to inlet and the pressure rapidly decays away. Fluid leakage will also occur past &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKzPD_U_peBT5ZSRkEgxNHBS2XOM5mEh6yVkkvASa2NuIrdnKUftDlwrmjQLqp6bfY0GZDEKN0c15HtXGZwo0KkJqiQ6gZy27Kc0xu7JQ0kyybNqNK2eJt17BEROiCwgoQQIztsuskBfrz/s1600-h/5.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339295457395937634" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 379px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKzPD_U_peBT5ZSRkEgxNHBS2XOM5mEh6yVkkvASa2NuIrdnKUftDlwrmjQLqp6bfY0GZDEKN0c15HtXGZwo0KkJqiQ6gZy27Kc0xu7JQ0kyybNqNK2eJt17BEROiCwgoQQIztsuskBfrz/s400/5.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Figure (3) The hydraulic pump &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEipwiuE2BRZFpXIQDM0c6QAkfNMVrHMB7yPMdS0vPha6wzMI9fjET2ioNuALcmmaavp22Ao-9J-u2MKvdOLA2G2HBD7YGSin4HdAv5ICoyagSKdQ1ppLwm-9TuJBonVs7aaUifdL9N8As8B/s1600-h/6.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339295757746626050" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 208px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEipwiuE2BRZFpXIQDM0c6QAkfNMVrHMB7yPMdS0vPha6wzMI9fjET2ioNuALcmmaavp22Ao-9J-u2MKvdOLA2G2HBD7YGSin4HdAv5ICoyagSKdQ1ppLwm-9TuJBonVs7aaUifdL9N8As8B/s400/6.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Figure (4) Types of Hydraulic Pumps &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;the vanes, so pump delivery will vary according to outlet pressure.&lt;br /&gt;Hydrodynamic pumps (Fig. 4.a), are primarily used to shift fluid from one location to another at relatively low pressures. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;2-&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Positive Displacement (hydrostatic Pump (Figure 4.b)&lt;br /&gt;As the piston is driven down, the inlet valve opens and a volume of fluid (determined by the cross section area of the piston and the length of stroke) is drawn into the cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;Next, the piston is driven up with the inlet valve closed and the outlet valve open, driving the same volume of fluid to the pump outlet.&lt;br /&gt;Should the pump stop, one of the two valves will always be closed, so there is no route for fluid to leak back. Exit pressure is therefore maintained (assuming there are no downstream return routes).&lt;br /&gt;More important, though, is the fact that the pump delivers a fixed volume of fluid from inlet to outlet each cycle regardless of pressure at the outlet port. Unlike the hydrodynamic pump described earlier, a piston pump has no inherent maximum pressure determined by pump leakage: if it drives into a dead end load with no return route (as can easily occur in an inactive hydraulic system with all valves closed) the pressure rises continuously with each pump stroke until either piping or the pump itself fails.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;color:#ffff00;"&gt;3.2. Pump Power&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgKqAMRgeF3fMQthoyZ7OgdSp1bhaZ98hhoUpiUUVpfFUXgVbE2AaFtgw56ywUkhhs5c3aeW50NSRHLlMEhWxIYM7nGaFr9HP_9NiWIaR5AwDg4MGyqCaGvUJq65a2zGPPi2UrBK8JFtNN1/s1600-h/7.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339296958408490690" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 139px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgKqAMRgeF3fMQthoyZ7OgdSp1bhaZ98hhoUpiUUVpfFUXgVbE2AaFtgw56ywUkhhs5c3aeW50NSRHLlMEhWxIYM7nGaFr9HP_9NiWIaR5AwDg4MGyqCaGvUJq65a2zGPPi2UrBK8JFtNN1/s400/7.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Fig. (5)Derivation of pump power &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;The motor power required to drive a pump is determined by the pump capacity and working pressure. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhzCWBvBn1yM7xBscK3K7xIVbNwOuOHmIvLUufV3nWHJsDaqFbeFgj6j0_HNG_eOMJcrAllXoudXN1N5HJwysJuYfbGTZBBhjqAo9HArOx0O2FIK4Hv4-7eL44y9jgStw4tscMvSU13aidk/s1600-h/8.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339300988817908450" style="WIDTH: 291px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 134px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhzCWBvBn1yM7xBscK3K7xIVbNwOuOHmIvLUufV3nWHJsDaqFbeFgj6j0_HNG_eOMJcrAllXoudXN1N5HJwysJuYfbGTZBBhjqAo9HArOx0O2FIK4Hv4-7eL44y9jgStw4tscMvSU13aidk/s400/8.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;In Figure 5, a pump forces fluid along a pipe of area A against a pressure P, moving fluid a distance d in time T. The force is PA, which, when substituted into above Eq.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi76oczoZj17L4SsLLB3S-I6wLopWKVH0irTlWwOnDc32EFn5XwCo7abbLkCQNBCo6HnVGczgLqn-dWY_-iuTce8uiMhifK1Y_3-AK9u3h0OQbbWGfbF5LRCSUnYDCuliAcWybM6kOqluQ8/s1600-h/9.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339305755926695106" style="WIDTH: 524px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 109px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi76oczoZj17L4SsLLB3S-I6wLopWKVH0irTlWwOnDc32EFn5XwCo7abbLkCQNBCo6HnVGczgLqn-dWY_-iuTce8uiMhifK1Y_3-AK9u3h0OQbbWGfbF5LRCSUnYDCuliAcWybM6kOqluQ8/s400/9.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;3.3-Filters&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhk8q1NqdSJAVi9sjc9RcP1-Q1fl_hdEH5F96MrXHfH-s6SijoRHHjcLQvsy5f0nQvEMTA4jjP_GC_Z6V6HIny6zPEZXr4qsvmH8o8hxz-wu3uXhWx44ftCQxFw0TucahpMJjeNzNshPjbn/s1600-h/10.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339307033736495138" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 290px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhk8q1NqdSJAVi9sjc9RcP1-Q1fl_hdEH5F96MrXHfH-s6SijoRHHjcLQvsy5f0nQvEMTA4jjP_GC_Z6V6HIny6zPEZXr4qsvmH8o8hxz-wu3uXhWx44ftCQxFw0TucahpMJjeNzNshPjbn/s400/10.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Figure (6) Filter Position&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Dirt in a hydraulic system causes sticking valves, failure of seals and premature wear. Even particles of dirt as small as 20 microns can cause damage.&lt;br /&gt;Filters are used to prevent dirt entering the vulnerable parts of the system, and are generally specified in microns or meshes per linear inch (sieve number).&lt;br /&gt;See the three filter positions shown in Fig. 6 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;4. Pneumatics&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;4.1. Stages of air treatment&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Air in a pneumatic system must be clean and dry to reduce wear and extend maintenance periods. Atmospheric air contains many harmful impurities (smoke, dust, water vapour) and needs treatment before it can be used.&lt;br /&gt;In general, this treatment falls into three distinct stages, shown in Figure (7).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;First&lt;/span&gt;, inlet filtering removes particles which can damage the air compressor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;Next&lt;/span&gt;, there is the need to dry the air to reduce humidity . This is normally performed between the compressor and the receiver and is termed primary air treatment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;Finally&lt;/span&gt;; the treatment is performed local to the duties to be performed, and consists of further steps to remove moisture and dirt and the introduction of a fine oil mist to aid lubrication. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjeUjKCqBmgib5TxfJMzuBInvz-x_a6cjHdW_-SE95vYBb_ExKXYuDh5slMBFY5mP78alO2Me6SoF1aOj_p0ScrwH_zsStRDEInjWTZ9uvYAB4BPjQYnbopRipaAUeXa8d0X8fftCJN_oi6/s1600-h/11.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339308483489722770" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 97px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjeUjKCqBmgib5TxfJMzuBInvz-x_a6cjHdW_-SE95vYBb_ExKXYuDh5slMBFY5mP78alO2Me6SoF1aOj_p0ScrwH_zsStRDEInjWTZ9uvYAB4BPjQYnbopRipaAUeXa8d0X8fftCJN_oi6/s400/11.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Fig. 7 Three stages of air treatment&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;color:#ffff00;"&gt;4.2. Air Dryers&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1eNb8koa5EyR_hGnHpEyxeu5Kr4Kuxz3v0hrSaf0Y_-YERfqoHIzHBUcYjxvNxdN86bu4g4BVh8nT8eicp_nUeZU2omZ4axBJLOAXNwdOD3y5l8Lwza1oMJIZ2N8qq8z09Y2R4VT6M7A5/s1600-h/12.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339309143733401330" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 383px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1eNb8koa5EyR_hGnHpEyxeu5Kr4Kuxz3v0hrSaf0Y_-YERfqoHIzHBUcYjxvNxdN86bu4g4BVh8nT8eicp_nUeZU2omZ4axBJLOAXNwdOD3y5l8Lwza1oMJIZ2N8qq8z09Y2R4VT6M7A5/s400/12.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;Figure (8) Air filter and water trap&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Air flow through the unit undergoes a sudden reversal of direction and a deflector cone swirls the air (Figure 8-b). Both of these cause heavier water particles to be flung out to the walls of the separator and to collect in the trap bottom from where they can be drained.&lt;br /&gt;Water traps are usually represented on circuit diagrams by the symbol of Figure 8-c. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjl5zAgkmRuwRVGO1ZYSSOd4hWGj3MDF6h90Qw-T04ezAMH5UQHlGZ_lhMJWCAFbPPOCi1Izb6uFk9TB76WFmlH3HM6KDgjMcVZ087evQWjdTY1IvsDr2w9Hcw_tkCo9d04w4k0I3vRpggj/s1600-h/13.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339310571151572322" style="WIDTH: 384px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjl5zAgkmRuwRVGO1ZYSSOd4hWGj3MDF6h90Qw-T04ezAMH5UQHlGZ_lhMJWCAFbPPOCi1Izb6uFk9TB76WFmlH3HM6KDgjMcVZ087evQWjdTY1IvsDr2w9Hcw_tkCo9d04w4k0I3vRpggj/s400/13.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;Figure (9) Refrigerated Dryer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Dew point can be lowered further with a refrigerated dryer, the layout of which is illustrated in Figure 9. This chills the air to just above 0~ condensing almost all the water out and collecting the condensate in the separator. Efficiency of the unit is improved with a second heat exchanger in which cold dry air leaving the dryer pre-chills incoming air. Air leaving the dryer has a dew point similar to the temperature in the main heat exchanger.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ff0000;"&gt;5. Types of Control Valves&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Generally; the load is connected to ports labeled A, B and the pressure supply (from pump or compressor) to port P. In the hydraulic valve, fluid is returned to the tank from port T. In the pneumatic valve return air is vented from port R. See Figure 10.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg3HZysndcpzk8gT3MXiJGb2EyQXbuoF7U7j8HoTwWFST0bkiBSDaUcdfj6pRBc-mQ5_rPmdXcXBGI7KQU_cmxFVy_6ONkLW-wJMVwXA01g_0SfutN57oEboUbey15Sb0wj0Rd10KDAbSAN/s1600-h/14.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339312475550124098" style="WIDTH: 389px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg3HZysndcpzk8gT3MXiJGb2EyQXbuoF7U7j8HoTwWFST0bkiBSDaUcdfj6pRBc-mQ5_rPmdXcXBGI7KQU_cmxFVy_6ONkLW-wJMVwXA01g_0SfutN57oEboUbey15Sb0wj0Rd10KDAbSAN/s400/14.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;Figure (10) Valves in a pneumatic and hydraulic system&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 11 shows internal operation of valves. To extend the ram, ports P and B are connected to deliver fluid and ports A and T connected to return fluid. To retract the ram, ports P and A are connected to deliver fluid and ports B and T to return fluid.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgNbdOmgCrw1UvCmLcA0bJe4l2u16aD_Sq2ZiHtirdrgFgKAoFz3hR62vCCIxYtzKc04kWsrTtm2qLC-WNSWucdUoDix18CavwphTU8tRPKrMKD1wCnxfhAnd7_utnjuCug1ySJz58Vu2rq/s1600-h/15.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339313795697627698" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 127px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgNbdOmgCrw1UvCmLcA0bJe4l2u16aD_Sq2ZiHtirdrgFgKAoFz3hR62vCCIxYtzKc04kWsrTtm2qLC-WNSWucdUoDix18CavwphTU8tRPKrMKD1wCnxfhAnd7_utnjuCug1ySJz58Vu2rq/s400/15.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;Figure (11) Internal valve operation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Another consideration is the number of control positions. Figure 12 shows two possible control schemes. In Figure 12-a, the ram is controlled by a lever with two positions; extend or retract. This valve has two control positions (and the ram simply drives to one end or other of its stroke).&lt;br /&gt;The valve in Figure 12-b has three positions; extend, off, retract. Not surprisingly the valve in Figure 12-a is called a two position valve, while that in Figure 12-b is a three position valve. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiUcgSPw33t2x8RZGDz6wnCltS239IEPJJgOkXKl86CGgdWUBiqXGUqXWKF9Hxbt6i87gFbjbiP94eicIQDyETykpmGAJniGBa60ya9c0TRZRCwZosgPwhmzaq0lu9SsZYWMZGkME5KrIul/s1600-h/16.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339314398101074354" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 175px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiUcgSPw33t2x8RZGDz6wnCltS239IEPJJgOkXKl86CGgdWUBiqXGUqXWKF9Hxbt6i87gFbjbiP94eicIQDyETykpmGAJniGBa60ya9c0TRZRCwZosgPwhmzaq0lu9SsZYWMZGkME5KrIul/s400/16.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;Figure (12) Valve control positions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;A complete valve description needs;&lt;br /&gt;1- Number of Ports&lt;br /&gt;2- Number of positions and&lt;br /&gt;3- Action&lt;br /&gt;Figure 13 shows one possible action for the 4/3 valve (Port/Position).This unload the pump back to the tank (without need of a separate loading valve), while leaving the ram locked in position. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi9L85M2kVL1Pn4uKiphN7PoQpmGGzo3E6Fvwb_LHV6gmobFxREX7F_ulK-vIjLAylST7M_oX_CThH8i4R9hR3LcHQJDjNGlzTauFj1qt1E4847CyDXi-A28_o6Kskw0nO2TIkfu1F34GZa/s1600-h/17.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339315855143801330" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 120px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi9L85M2kVL1Pn4uKiphN7PoQpmGGzo3E6Fvwb_LHV6gmobFxREX7F_ulK-vIjLAylST7M_oX_CThH8i4R9hR3LcHQJDjNGlzTauFj1qt1E4847CyDXi-A28_o6Kskw0nO2TIkfu1F34GZa/s400/17.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;Figure (13) One possible valve action for a 4/3 valve&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Other possible arrangements may block all four ports in the off position (to maintain pressure), or connect ports A, B and T (to leave the ram free in the off position).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;5.1 Valve Symbols&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Designations given to ports are normally as shown: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhlSNUMk6-6IHIneEwoM_lgBMr0Zsz3dMbBz6aPu5gh75CI5qyJNLfhuy4G5y6oUnY512NN9_YdiJCOag3I1RUf-YqBHoyahYfOV73ScUD3YT0Oc6Nv5raLM6GUCZmMEL5zjVyZVARMOE/s1600-h/18.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339316476805834386" style="WIDTH: 482px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 152px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjhlSNUMk6-6IHIneEwoM_lgBMr0Zsz3dMbBz6aPu5gh75CI5qyJNLfhuy4G5y6oUnY512NN9_YdiJCOag3I1RUf-YqBHoyahYfOV73ScUD3YT0Oc6Nv5raLM6GUCZmMEL5zjVyZVARMOE/s400/18.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;In Figure 14-a, for example fluid is delivered from port P to port A and returned from port B to port T when the valve is in its normal state a. In state b, flow is reversed. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Shut off positions are represented by T, as shown by the central position of the valve in Figure 14-b. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;The internal flow paths can be represented as shown in Figure 14-c. This latter valve, incidentally, vents the load in the off position.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;In pneumatic systems, lines commonly vent to atmosphere directly at the valve, as shown by port R in Figure 14-d. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiL1VMYp5VHlPdstvE5-g6fnOTmkbipsfWWieD1uSHx-kZEm2LxCn7QrSKHQjRAOO2vgGwY8X0Yp7WyifCEOKcYyqnEBF5ZhZgNtb26nr0hasLrWV1wEfpLWT5fR_4jFQH9x9UnYVtkjzA/s1600-h/19.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339317261075579650" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 276px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiL1VMYp5VHlPdstvE5-g6fnOTmkbipsfWWieD1uSHx-kZEm2LxCn7QrSKHQjRAOO2vgGwY8X0Yp7WyifCEOKcYyqnEBF5ZhZgNtb26nr0hasLrWV1wEfpLWT5fR_4jFQH9x9UnYVtkjzA/s400/19.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Figure (14) Valve symbols&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 15-a shows symbols for the various ways in which valves can be operated. Figure 15-b thus represents a 4/2 valve operated by a pushbutton. With the pushbutton depressed the ram extends. With the pushbutton released, the spring pushes the valve to position a and the ram retracts. Actuation symbols can be combined. Figure 15-c represents a solenoid-operated 4/3 valve, with spring return to centre&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiS5OueLUUDkIUDPPUg7es6y_55y6elIqunsJRBger7wbKpMtnR1p7Zx-uZYQowpsum2-Cv-WXGrGUOokxuZplb5FzMQZFBOwXUy-Xc6_ZpE3ELqSHoTLcKYOpxu9yH6vIri8iJ7DvYNDc/s1600-h/20.JPG"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiS5OueLUUDkIUDPPUg7es6y_55y6elIqunsJRBger7wbKpMtnR1p7Zx-uZYQowpsum2-Cv-WXGrGUOokxuZplb5FzMQZFBOwXUy-Xc6_ZpE3ELqSHoTLcKYOpxu9yH6vIri8iJ7DvYNDc/s1600-h/20.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339323241936192258" style="WIDTH: 293px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiS5OueLUUDkIUDPPUg7es6y_55y6elIqunsJRBger7wbKpMtnR1p7Zx-uZYQowpsum2-Cv-WXGrGUOokxuZplb5FzMQZFBOwXUy-Xc6_ZpE3ELqSHoTLcKYOpxu9yH6vIri8iJ7DvYNDc/s400/20.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;color:#ffff00;"&gt;5.2 Poppet valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgb_sgkn8v8RmvsrI_q6X7ooR8ctkL8_DevEV6fR-TOVz7u7pdpyyd1I2M5be8qR3SApOXTEQwbeZodr9EcZgNymIzwCDu8fBuMhh5CtCRgvbdl2qE-uKE3-Ivzu3-L42xf_oWH4WGxcEc/s1600-h/21.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339324217920815442" style="WIDTH: 299px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgb_sgkn8v8RmvsrI_q6X7ooR8ctkL8_DevEV6fR-TOVz7u7pdpyyd1I2M5be8qR3SApOXTEQwbeZodr9EcZgNymIzwCDu8fBuMhh5CtCRgvbdl2qE-uKE3-Ivzu3-L42xf_oWH4WGxcEc/s400/21.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoD1dZHaci3ejqf_WrgoDZVp3QDjRYPWsiLr7zMJrxLv1Uxp1DOks5WDIe1u6BkH7V3Lh1NQp3nXkCAZOFjRVIGnfiVUikbCeTlwkXBsVIYkLZ_kbzlD0wub8wd7RsEhxRs_59lweKkjo/s1600-h/22.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339325019303625570" style="WIDTH: 360px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoD1dZHaci3ejqf_WrgoDZVp3QDjRYPWsiLr7zMJrxLv1Uxp1DOks5WDIe1u6BkH7V3Lh1NQp3nXkCAZOFjRVIGnfiVUikbCeTlwkXBsVIYkLZ_kbzlD0wub8wd7RsEhxRs_59lweKkjo/s400/22.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;5.2 Spool valves&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQ3437kOHu7cNrkD1vAnMjYU1wM8x-GXWpvN8hjNOp-VOdQ9EsN078W5KBWjBay9xt1TMTbkrT5fvAHuRqgw4d7hoDy3FHirrPwri4f0fbRoUSw-UFDdbqmEw6cfbfnPgIdPnbX7ZhEE4/s1600-h/23.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339325969698860706" style="WIDTH: 296px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQ3437kOHu7cNrkD1vAnMjYU1wM8x-GXWpvN8hjNOp-VOdQ9EsN078W5KBWjBay9xt1TMTbkrT5fvAHuRqgw4d7hoDy3FHirrPwri4f0fbRoUSw-UFDdbqmEw6cfbfnPgIdPnbX7ZhEE4/s400/23.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;color:#ffff00;"&gt;5.3 Pilot-operated Valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;With large capacity pneumatic valves (particularly poppet valves) and most hydraulic valves, the operating force required to move the valve can be large. If the required force is too large for a solenoid or manual operation, a two-stage process called pilot operation is used.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjFCgohshOigccchEjkfsSxy8TMAIY77rbDMEMapz5Z-m1edhtlWoEK9ZGkIIofYNngvW4K4Y5tkBgx0lBdBCh-oYasa8fwdDasL3-1XrV8u-oevtLcS8BOKIFl87LWKX0cTrpsRe-9KUw/s1600-h/24.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339328243466542530" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 310px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjFCgohshOigccchEjkfsSxy8TMAIY77rbDMEMapz5Z-m1edhtlWoEK9ZGkIIofYNngvW4K4Y5tkBgx0lBdBCh-oYasa8fwdDasL3-1XrV8u-oevtLcS8BOKIFl87LWKX0cTrpsRe-9KUw/s400/24.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;5.4 Check Valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Check valves only allow flow in one direction. The simplest construction is the ball and seat arrangement of the valve in Figure, commonly used in pneumatic systems. Free flow direction is normally marked with an arrow on the valve casing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgycu5nEVe_ScfJC04PS76q2NnTz8Yd83c-dInxPkeMjkqjpMvwMF3aDOCngY3IhTwemrA6DF8lcdpZy5P3TB2FkAdGCVtxn6Bay0cOtEGVUHkAX8DdcQ98naOnDvpnGbP3pi_MvhEXMRg/s1600-h/25.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339328249220863858" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 212px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgycu5nEVe_ScfJC04PS76q2NnTz8Yd83c-dInxPkeMjkqjpMvwMF3aDOCngY3IhTwemrA6DF8lcdpZy5P3TB2FkAdGCVtxn6Bay0cOtEGVUHkAX8DdcQ98naOnDvpnGbP3pi_MvhEXMRg/s400/25.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;5.5 Shuttle Valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A shuttle valve, also known as a double check valve, allows pressure in a line to be obtained from alternative sources.&lt;br /&gt;It is primarily a pneumatic device and is rarely found in hydraulic circuits.&lt;br /&gt;Construction is very simple and consists of a ball inside a cylinder, as shown in the Figure. If pressure is applied to port X, the ball is blown to the fight blocking port Y and linking ports X and A.&lt;br /&gt;Similarly, pressure to port Y alone connects ports Y and A and blocks port X. The symbol of a shuttle valve is given in Figure.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhT8-qc9OqfgRcam2zGm4IWAhAT-S9ibNL-ruyksJ-GXiLw-jsTqSm7HqnuoLd6Ex8hPYjEdpazZSS6p5xsMnnNMo-q2Ev9_4huXtooSiOibw8d08WEvBeCvLN_Z0EX8IMn_n3fOVKQEtw/s1600-h/26.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5339328249564626706" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 166px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhT8-qc9OqfgRcam2zGm4IWAhAT-S9ibNL-ruyksJ-GXiLw-jsTqSm7HqnuoLd6Ex8hPYjEdpazZSS6p5xsMnnNMo-q2Ev9_4huXtooSiOibw8d08WEvBeCvLN_Z0EX8IMn_n3fOVKQEtw/s400/26.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color:#ffff00;"&gt;5.5 Proportional Valves&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The solenoid valves described so far act, to some extent, like an electrical switch, i.e. they can be On or Off. In many applications it is required to remotely control speed, pressure or force via an electrical signal. This function is provided by proportional valves.&lt;br /&gt;A typical two position solenoid is only required to move the spool between 0 and 100% stroke against the restoring force of a spring. To ensure predictable movement between the end positions the solenoid must also increase its force as the spool moves to ensure the solenoid force is larger than the increasing opposing spring force at all positions.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/5241776367928799646/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/5241776367928799646?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="42 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5241776367928799646" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5241776367928799646" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/05/drawworks-brake-system-training-course.html" rel="alternate" title="DrawWorks Brake System Training Course (Part I)" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi2rzV_davcdoCB_JrY8Fw4W2bAGs3JaGvvOFHE31EVS875w0WygF3XqhMr_yALomRwYPoWmA_mSmaCEBdHkcH9IXtJlXqsp3NfQrYHGLfFctITwff-vx5avUSsn8E8OQFif1Ox7I9_cmDC/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>42</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-498523095091148880</id><published>2009-04-13T11:29:00.013+02:00</published><updated>2009-04-13T14:42:39.066+02:00</updated><title type="text">Alignment Handout</title><content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Factors Influencing Alignment procedure&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;1- Eccentricity (runout)&lt;br /&gt;Check&lt;br /&gt;· This might be done by a dial gauge&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjsxHGJo5ksEgch7jr-nuAvZ3bEbxKOpsc2L5VOYdm341b2WvLytRwOKZhfCxMSRcdgWE5vyIVMNaWX-rYZKJmwyuAEOMyVkKuTTxn4R-YFaybNdqMI2ZjBnkx3g1mykIO-BOuH4jrbwR1g/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324111909395647314" style="WIDTH: 538px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 279px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjsxHGJo5ksEgch7jr-nuAvZ3bEbxKOpsc2L5VOYdm341b2WvLytRwOKZhfCxMSRcdgWE5vyIVMNaWX-rYZKJmwyuAEOMyVkKuTTxn4R-YFaybNdqMI2ZjBnkx3g1mykIO-BOuH4jrbwR1g/s400/1.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2- Baseplate of machines (soft-foot)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Machines feet must be mounted perfectly horizontal with the baseplate.&lt;br /&gt;· The contact between the baseplate and the feet can be checked with a set of shims or with feeler gages.&lt;br /&gt;· During a new installation,&lt;br /&gt;o it is essential to use accurate straight edges and levels to make sure that all feet of the machine are on the same plane.&lt;br /&gt;· The accepted tolerance level for these planes is usually 0.1 mm.&lt;br /&gt;· Simple tests for soft-foot are by setting up the dial gage (at fixed place) and place a shim under one front foot and the reading noted.&lt;br /&gt;· It is then removed and placed under the next front foot. The reading should be the same.&lt;br /&gt;· The same procedure must be repeated for the rear feet.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3- Axial position of machines&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;· The axial position of shaft ends is referred to as the distance between shaft ends (DBSE).&lt;br /&gt;· Normally, most couplings allow a large tolerance in the axial position.&lt;br /&gt;· However, for couplings like disk couplings, an error in the axial position result in;&lt;br /&gt;o places the discs under stress and&lt;br /&gt;o decreases their life.&lt;br /&gt;o may generate axial thrusts, which ultimately add extra load to the machine’s thrust bearings.&lt;br /&gt;· It is therefore necessary to take this aspect into consideration, especially when machines operate at high temperatures.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4- SAG&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· For spacer couplings, a sag (deflection) check should be done on the indicator bracket to be used for the alignment.&lt;br /&gt;· The DBSE in these couplings may be long, and when alignment brackets are clamped to one hub and extended to the other hub, there is a tendency for them to sag.&lt;br /&gt;· This sag can alter the dial gage readings, leading to misinterpretation and errors.&lt;br /&gt;· For bracket lengths larger than 25–30 cm, it is essential to provide additional stiffness to minimize sag.&lt;br /&gt;· It is therefore necessary to perform a sag check of the bracket.&lt;br /&gt;· A sag check is essential only for aligning horizontal machines, because the sag is caused by gravity due to the weight of the bracket. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjHRJIheYazSczJ2yb99JeRDt4gYowPlxQUNwi4I0JRq8uhWiq5qFvib5VXwcizixV0hxwtJ8iu57r3m-Mmzztijq-0eXJxBeqYFio4uzAfNITVIjy5dy_G9pRlhHnnyKKpvC6y_XP25JR7/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324111913654991138" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 249px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjHRJIheYazSczJ2yb99JeRDt4gYowPlxQUNwi4I0JRq8uhWiq5qFvib5VXwcizixV0hxwtJ8iu57r3m-Mmzztijq-0eXJxBeqYFio4uzAfNITVIjy5dy_G9pRlhHnnyKKpvC6y_XP25JR7/s400/2.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment techniques&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· There are many methods to align a machine. The appropriate method is selected based on;&lt;br /&gt;Ø the type of machine,&lt;br /&gt;Ø rotational speed,&lt;br /&gt;Ø the machine’s importance &amp;amp; production,&lt;br /&gt;Ø the maintenance policy and&lt;br /&gt;Ø alignment tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;· Machines “I”&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;{Which are not fragile (breakable) in their construction}.&lt;br /&gt;Ø rotating at less than 1500 rpm,&lt;br /&gt;Ø lower horsepower range,&lt;br /&gt;Use merely a straight edge to align machines.&lt;br /&gt;Considering all aspects, it is acceptable to align them to the range of 0.3–0.8 mm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Machines “II”&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;{Majority of machines}&lt;br /&gt;Fragile (breakable) in their construction (mechanical seals and expansion bellows)&lt;br /&gt;Machines operating at;&lt;br /&gt;Ø speeds of 3000 rpm and higher,&lt;br /&gt;Ø in the medium power range of 20 kW–1 MW&lt;br /&gt;should be aligned within 0.1 mm.&lt;br /&gt;· This requirement necessitates the use of comparators like dial gages, and methods with minimum residual errors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Alignment conventions using a dial indicator&lt;br /&gt;· The dial gage is the most common comparator used during alignment.&lt;br /&gt;· The dial gage functions based on the rack-and-pinion principle. The conventions that are followed are shown in Figure 6.9.&lt;br /&gt;· When the spring is compressed, the dial pointer is pressed inward and the clock needle moves clockwise, indicating a positive reading.&lt;br /&gt;· When the pointer moves outwards, the clock needle moves counter clockwise, indicating a negative reading.&lt;br /&gt;· It is recommended to jog the pointer from the top to ensure that it is not stuck. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;The dial gage functions based on the rack-and-pinion principle. The conventions that are followed are shown in Figure 6.9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgqgiT5vkxzlFfYJxQ8dxHXAyfnebiuzl49HNmR5cFXCzd-G8cRjrxRjWP4ucmvbiKya6URsoWwO8NkvIGNYR5GFCEkWWiX358EvIbbRwDynpo2yR-QdPBaD4QgYoQrY64uG8oG6nZS6mYk/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324111910789341682" style="WIDTH: 288px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 340px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgqgiT5vkxzlFfYJxQ8dxHXAyfnebiuzl49HNmR5cFXCzd-G8cRjrxRjWP4ucmvbiKya6URsoWwO8NkvIGNYR5GFCEkWWiX358EvIbbRwDynpo2yR-QdPBaD4QgYoQrY64uG8oG6nZS6mYk/s400/3.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.9 Dial indicator &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another convention for alignment readings in the horizontal plane is shown in Figure 6.10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi0jQksiI2y-KMOoMnDFt0BunV18PTgx3V7wZhM9s2XKsjPEN9BwbUAYuCPryPzbDU9lfvkINlDHBbZLfIE87949d5udl-O_JxZ2kpeD0Acbzu_64UGJZAyI5s5mrX0QpA56tjcqA-Avygq/s1600-h/4.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324111918834158658" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 127px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi0jQksiI2y-KMOoMnDFt0BunV18PTgx3V7wZhM9s2XKsjPEN9BwbUAYuCPryPzbDU9lfvkINlDHBbZLfIE87949d5udl-O_JxZ2kpeD0Acbzu_64UGJZAyI5s5mrX0QpA56tjcqA-Avygq/s400/4.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.10 Alignment readings in the horizontal plane &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Thus, the convention maintains left and right when standing behind the driver, facing the driver.&lt;br /&gt;Left and right readings on the dial gage are recorded accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shaft setup for alignment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The connection to the shaft must be simple and rigid.&lt;br /&gt;· The clamp shown in Figure 6.11 is a good example. Magnetic clamps must be avoided, because their attachments are not reliable.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhEIyB4BLpal50_3jxNOwd6qIWe40p4rcNj4aaYVBDpAZlYoZCkKtNwtmzC8TWQAb64c1ZBqLzc9xq9kL13KRSodcp_s6o9Yv4HmajyQlzjFwv1-wo23PvYIeYM5_fGPR6exWNjpGEWIgtB/s1600-h/5.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324111917183451874" style="WIDTH: 158px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 264px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhEIyB4BLpal50_3jxNOwd6qIWe40p4rcNj4aaYVBDpAZlYoZCkKtNwtmzC8TWQAb64c1ZBqLzc9xq9kL13KRSodcp_s6o9Yv4HmajyQlzjFwv1-wo23PvYIeYM5_fGPR6exWNjpGEWIgtB/s400/5.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.11 Shaft setup for alignment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· There are many types of alignment brackets available in the market, and a typical one is shown in Figure 6.12.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The guiding principle for the selection of brackets is that they should be rigid with minimal sag (see the rod diameters).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhpqndShJGEfZDIPPvni1phA387C6OHV98iQ3c6FEO5-wMZNpYhDm4Ez0wW4kjofVOItTnAWDCrGYtOHlb1NMVftPc47tSP-wWqk37nGbjdhG13YXQdz4j3IO_aFI-aKOaqUpm4BWO2_LDu/s1600-h/6.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324113825697901362" style="WIDTH: 313px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 303px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhpqndShJGEfZDIPPvni1phA387C6OHV98iQ3c6FEO5-wMZNpYhDm4Ez0wW4kjofVOItTnAWDCrGYtOHlb1NMVftPc47tSP-wWqk37nGbjdhG13YXQdz4j3IO_aFI-aKOaqUpm4BWO2_LDu/s400/6.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.12 Alignment brackets &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Types of misalignment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Misalignment in machines is due to;&lt;br /&gt;· angularity and&lt;br /&gt;· offset,&lt;br /&gt;· but in almost all cases the misalignment of machines is a combination of both.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i- Angularity&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;· is the difference between the values on the comparator (dial gage) for a half revolution”180o” (because for one complete revolution we return to the original position).&lt;br /&gt;· For a given angular misalignment, angularity depends on the diameter described by the dial gage.&lt;br /&gt;· It can be seen that when d1 increases to d2, p1 increases with the same ratio to p2. This value must be fixed when a certain tolerance is given (Figure 6.13).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjzZesxAEwJYyIZzKFG9Ej0jWrKEG_gjRIMpjEMXXKxCn8P3mclKhrZmjT3luPg_7mCvHyW-_QRTOnnOQiHj5Za9Cof0h7cBBTlEsp-HCrQgduUAKk5By1KqtPPIiRHqCy52ORz0KmdM-ZX/s1600-h/7.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324113825986742610" style="WIDTH: 270px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 261px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjzZesxAEwJYyIZzKFG9Ej0jWrKEG_gjRIMpjEMXXKxCn8P3mclKhrZmjT3luPg_7mCvHyW-_QRTOnnOQiHj5Za9Cof0h7cBBTlEsp-HCrQgduUAKk5By1KqtPPIiRHqCy52ORz0KmdM-ZX/s400/7.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 6.13 Angularity (parallelism) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Angle of misalignment:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_KeeRoQourmwxcdcXJ_G6oWu63I2XIX4yMMdJ7ZfKw_nXl8fT4yHzPJ_ybZFnX98KdYi0LtshTn6aOBCAV-kOZFcLVS1pFM6b24P7gRLqlesP0ehR-jFN2VfV9UtimVk2BXK-FOMJY_1x/s1600-h/8.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324113822239442706" style="WIDTH: 397px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 142px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_KeeRoQourmwxcdcXJ_G6oWu63I2XIX4yMMdJ7ZfKw_nXl8fT4yHzPJ_ybZFnX98KdYi0LtshTn6aOBCAV-kOZFcLVS1pFM6b24P7gRLqlesP0ehR-jFN2VfV9UtimVk2BXK-FOMJY_1x/s400/8.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where p1, p2 = dial gage reading when rotated by 180°; d1, d2 = diameters described by the dial gage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ii- Offset (concentricity),&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The offset is the radius of rotation for the dial gage, as indicated in Figure 6.14.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjLrd4Hy3Izhz17fwugEb4gxFbdyWl32YlbimTQWngIkz9unBktm3Tag3JULv6IVfHs7fbSX6lfgrCujDlz8oXm5sNy7xzI6L2bxyAD3uXFP_iz-d6gGn2oVT1hjLsurc2Hr5vB_VBTmgdP/s1600-h/9.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324113826467020370" style="WIDTH: 241px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 256px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjLrd4Hy3Izhz17fwugEb4gxFbdyWl32YlbimTQWngIkz9unBktm3Tag3JULv6IVfHs7fbSX6lfgrCujDlz8oXm5sNy7xzI6L2bxyAD3uXFP_iz-d6gGn2oVT1hjLsurc2Hr5vB_VBTmgdP/s400/9.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Concentricity =1/2 dial gage reading &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The dial gage readings would indicate the diameter, and hence should be reduced by half to obtain the true offset reading. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324113829889325426" style="WIDTH: 389px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 142px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiXixEZ3a_R2DGzsz8JZ8Um-ifNzGVwqltFFjJvN1_cs5nh1q5RjJ1kEfWmfLaM3ed-vNl1Wqj8rmCkQP0SFWBqLIM0Ca9NPo72kSB064qRUi5eWkgHQDRwNyOsVpu3wbfrLGDXH2EIanbf/s400/10.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg-LpozhXmvwpe_i9S1eWr9wjEoOFvcfan__2Efh4POpnUE74X6sb-cIPXiRJLeZBpCZFGZ50sSqLStibCDDCGOa7U3e-ukC0s8o0LPaQH-syMax9wJCng6kfAB8EYsGlcme5Q2a87kEGoE/s1600-h/11.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324115577002614706" style="WIDTH: 306px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 198px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg-LpozhXmvwpe_i9S1eWr9wjEoOFvcfan__2Efh4POpnUE74X6sb-cIPXiRJLeZBpCZFGZ50sSqLStibCDDCGOa7U3e-ukC0s8o0LPaQH-syMax9wJCng6kfAB8EYsGlcme5Q2a87kEGoE/s400/11.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.14 Radial misalignment (concentricity) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;However, as mentioned before, in practice misalignment of machines is due to a combination of both factors, as depicted in Figure 6.15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjK1bTI59nq23Ch5Rb-mu1d_kJafTpsq33JsDw17MS3unv8_hYddeDvSbZ9D2NXMSKdLsD88f2qMqwZKbjY8V40r25hehZV3xT7ohvb_I-MSoylTHtHMDU9ZPDeX7ws_ncQQMlWqFniELvR/s1600-h/12.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324115576428125170" style="WIDTH: 324px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 162px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjK1bTI59nq23Ch5Rb-mu1d_kJafTpsq33JsDw17MS3unv8_hYddeDvSbZ9D2NXMSKdLsD88f2qMqwZKbjY8V40r25hehZV3xT7ohvb_I-MSoylTHtHMDU9ZPDeX7ws_ncQQMlWqFniELvR/s400/12.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;                       Figure 6.15 Misalignment of shafts with angularity and offset&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Two dial method of alignment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;The necessary steps to align a machine are:&lt;br /&gt;1. The first step is to loosen the coupling bolts so there is no restriction during the measurement of angularity of the existing misalignment.&lt;br /&gt;2. A feeler gage is then run through the coupling hubs to ensure that the hubs are not touching.&lt;br /&gt;The necessary steps to align a machine are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i- The radial test (R) to measure the OFFSET ;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The dial gage is attached as shown in Figure 6.16.&lt;br /&gt;· The test done in the vertical and horizontal planes.&lt;br /&gt;· To obtain the offsets in both planes, four readings will be required.&lt;br /&gt;1. Top, bottom, left and right&lt;br /&gt;2. Clock positions – 12 o’clock, 3 o’clock, 6 o’clock and 9 o’clock positions.&lt;br /&gt;Clamping&lt;br /&gt;· The dial gage here generally placed on the top (12 o’clock) position, and the zero on the scale is turned to coincide with the needle.&lt;br /&gt;· The pointer must be jogged to ensure that it is free and that the readings are repeatable.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoYER6Iq_Nf8UyvVT8URogciCJFNxsUUgdPXlRrBiK2EdZqMw6yGKoi3Kxh_lyZLIJ1DmJ_aFxT5ylvajy8puRMuYt7KwHgdKfrqxXyQBOBFaC54jDl4m4njMc7aeV31vbkdaOuYj7O_lH/s1600-h/13.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324115578935746802" style="WIDTH: 312px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 222px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoYER6Iq_Nf8UyvVT8URogciCJFNxsUUgdPXlRrBiK2EdZqMw6yGKoi3Kxh_lyZLIJ1DmJ_aFxT5ylvajy8puRMuYt7KwHgdKfrqxXyQBOBFaC54jDl4m4njMc7aeV31vbkdaOuYj7O_lH/s400/13.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     Figure 6.16 Dial gage setup at top position. The difference in readings after 180&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;                           indicates offset in vertical or horizontal planes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Shafts are turned manually through one complete revolution, and readings at every quadrant (quarter) are noted.&lt;br /&gt;· The readings recorded at the four locations are written down in the format shown below (fig. 6.17).&lt;br /&gt;· The ‘R’ in Figure 6.17 indicates that these are radial readings, meant for offset corrections.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZ-HNOBFOYlYsHwu2S3WHmXCJ2Uw5TmxHkBgKumRTtw1MCR9BLlvbpBtMKpdSc2lzM9jaHIa6g5NcqpuBe23Req94bp4_Xr84wHp4IwHsDdso8Ekq2wPmYLmHSBYsOlwEiCkhDpH0uub5j/s1600-h/14.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324115579100714290" style="WIDTH: 306px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 256px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZ-HNOBFOYlYsHwu2S3WHmXCJ2Uw5TmxHkBgKumRTtw1MCR9BLlvbpBtMKpdSc2lzM9jaHIa6g5NcqpuBe23Req94bp4_Xr84wHp4IwHsDdso8Ekq2wPmYLmHSBYsOlwEiCkhDpH0uub5j/s400/14.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;                                            Figure 6.17Readings in mils&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ii- The Facial reading to measure the ANGULARITY;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The clamp is re-adjusted with the dial gage pointer now set to measure the angularity, as shown in Figure 6.18.&lt;br /&gt;· The pointer (as shown in the figure) is now parallel to the axes of the shafts.&lt;br /&gt;· Just like the offset, the angularity must be measured in horizontal and vertical planes as well.&lt;br /&gt;· The dial gage is rotated through one complete revolution and stopped at every quadrant to make a note of the readings. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi36ZhAVa7B44vKuLzoefpXpox2d0uN_R5yHuiVaXaWbzi2OWltUG7oqoFRDuNKES5x7eNJDgbVCeBqlTaYxweHJvI-JLAUAjxoSavRXThVih44DAq_RiqHkzuAzdjS_TZ9PCmdLMxUVodx/s1600-h/15.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324115582954976338" style="WIDTH: 312px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 220px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi36ZhAVa7B44vKuLzoefpXpox2d0uN_R5yHuiVaXaWbzi2OWltUG7oqoFRDuNKES5x7eNJDgbVCeBqlTaYxweHJvI-JLAUAjxoSavRXThVih44DAq_RiqHkzuAzdjS_TZ9PCmdLMxUVodx/s400/15.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.18&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; Dial gage setup at top position. The difference of readings&lt;br /&gt;after 180° indicates angularity in vertical or horizontal planes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The ‘F’ in Figure 6.19 indicates that these are facial readings, meant for angularity corrections.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi552GDFBXsxqbz3n7RklE-Eobm3X7_1goRXLcEpi-JV33ya58csdU0X6Ls_N2Hbl-9j00mhIftJn7ke7DbOPR-Ybzg_pIR8fF1XR4kHfVWEa0b1f1XIinVss1RlR5kjT-iKkSY2Gnpq1Ip/s1600-h/16.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324121239787690434" style="WIDTH: 335px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 213px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi552GDFBXsxqbz3n7RklE-Eobm3X7_1goRXLcEpi-JV33ya58csdU0X6Ls_N2Hbl-9j00mhIftJn7ke7DbOPR-Ybzg_pIR8fF1XR4kHfVWEa0b1f1XIinVss1RlR5kjT-iKkSY2Gnpq1Ip/s400/16.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 6.19 The ‘F’ indicates facial readings&lt;br /&gt;(note the diameter described by the dial gage)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;iii-Steps to fix the alignment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The next step is to convert these values of (R) and (F) to appropriate shim thickness that should be added or removed to fix the alignment.&lt;br /&gt;To proceed to the next step, additional information about the location of the front and the rear feet from the dial gage pointer is required.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*In Figure 6.20&lt;br /&gt;· The pump is the fixed machine (FM) and the motor is the machine to be shimmed (MTBS).&lt;br /&gt;· This implies that all the corrections will be done by adding and removing shims under the motor feet. The pump will not be disturbed from its position.&lt;br /&gt;· The distance from the pointer of the dial gage to the front foot (FF) of the motor is designated as ‘A’.&lt;br /&gt;· The distance of the rear foot (RF) to the dial gage pointer is designated as ‘B’.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhubXoGx3uzokavkrdEhF3YpEcuZQqf_8pjjZDPRcAYBzuwyFFqrrd8tiOPf1668SCxIhbjjGVzQ08yPiKPpMiTxV7kFC1FpG0RVjpQWGcdLmlZPIVdp_tDiqpDaLclsQQG3uvJeLUQ5h9M/s1600-h/17.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324121240992435826" style="WIDTH: 371px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 183px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhubXoGx3uzokavkrdEhF3YpEcuZQqf_8pjjZDPRcAYBzuwyFFqrrd8tiOPf1668SCxIhbjjGVzQ08yPiKPpMiTxV7kFC1FpG0RVjpQWGcdLmlZPIVdp_tDiqpDaLclsQQG3uvJeLUQ5h9M/s400/17.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.20 Shimming Calculation &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Two sets of calculations are required. One set for the vertical plane and the other for the horizontal plane.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. Calculations for the vertical plane&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;*Offset correction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;· Let us say the offset readings for the top and bottom positions are 0 and -5 mils, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;· If the dial gage pointer is on the motor (MTBS) and the dial gage is rotating, hence the –ve and +ve signs are as shown in (figure 6.9).&lt;br /&gt;· The negative sign indicates that the motor shaft is higher than the pump shaft.&lt;br /&gt;· It is higher by half the final reading minus the initial readings. Thus:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj6w7MII7slLIegG3_osfu72mkj992EbC7HwqU0WvNPRW3dXZPfTTmbSuNQVssXjLBI1icm2idrUkE7oWSnqPhviPRyFOL4xZcUOOYmVxxEZtIlfJvhh5L-UNqs-c8ku9q6fPa0rwunEXK5/s1600-h/18.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324121246375222930" style="WIDTH: 209px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 142px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj6w7MII7slLIegG3_osfu72mkj992EbC7HwqU0WvNPRW3dXZPfTTmbSuNQVssXjLBI1icm2idrUkE7oWSnqPhviPRyFOL4xZcUOOYmVxxEZtIlfJvhh5L-UNqs-c8ku9q6fPa0rwunEXK5/s400/18.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hence, shims of 2.5 mils should be removed from the front and rear feet of the MOTOR.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;*Angularity correction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;· Let us say the angularity readings for the top and bottom readings were 0 and - 2 mils, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;· If the dial gage pointer is touching the rear face of the motor coupling hub see (figure 6.9).&lt;br /&gt;· The negative sign indicates that the coupling has a narrower gap at the bottom than at the top.&lt;br /&gt;The dial measures at (scribes) a circle of 5 in.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhS-P427KE7uGS6WNqInPJPgg48nH2d5gjEnV0ndR6KY56vaF8j9fKvtRxbRn3NBD6mQLvp837Nlph3v0fxx8IaRW7_MB5PxhFR52FGUw-HC8mSmS1e0I-QMNijM-QXUdOjys8pJtGVsyp0/s1600-h/45.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324137631565801506" style="WIDTH: 204px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 42px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhS-P427KE7uGS6WNqInPJPgg48nH2d5gjEnV0ndR6KY56vaF8j9fKvtRxbRn3NBD6mQLvp837Nlph3v0fxx8IaRW7_MB5PxhFR52FGUw-HC8mSmS1e0I-QMNijM-QXUdOjys8pJtGVsyp0/s400/45.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;The angle &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhwACH8lX2CphOcYYJB_PS_0bDuJ8ZpH3KYlp2Zc7wEFAhJOMhaFF9GGA-XID8s9wJC_L5bF7CZ0XI2pMY0E7k0VamXfHNLmmbOqBSuxywJ4zgTdJGDNW0drb9T_9cHp_XNSFPwxJRg0iT-/s1600-h/44.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324137628768986626" style="WIDTH: 166px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 36px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhwACH8lX2CphOcYYJB_PS_0bDuJ8ZpH3KYlp2Zc7wEFAhJOMhaFF9GGA-XID8s9wJC_L5bF7CZ0XI2pMY0E7k0VamXfHNLmmbOqBSuxywJ4zgTdJGDNW0drb9T_9cHp_XNSFPwxJRg0iT-/s400/44.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Because the angle is very small, the tan inverse function can be neglected:&lt;br /&gt;Hence, P1=.002 in.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(The formula would reverse if the pointer is touching the front face of the coupling hub, which is normally the case when there is a long spacer between the couplings.)&lt;br /&gt;= 0.0004 radian&lt;br /&gt;=0.4 milli-radians = 0.0004´ (180/p) = (0.023o)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· This angle “θ” is also the angle of inclination of the motor axis w.r.t. the pump axis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Line AB is the existing axis inclination of the motor (Figure 6.21).&lt;br /&gt;· It must be lifted by amount x at the FF (front foot) location and by y at the RF (rear foot) location.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoO7w4zWvRmoxndWG3h8BOIHU9QFyhnFvSVLwJh_0Pda43d8DI8CPNlsUUk2s1eJW8qJVBNtTH8LGcdJagI61UNlBXcQXbIL3BckhBQj2GAN_Zyil5Uj2PnPYKA0Iys3-JnMwQ8puiVIf4/s1600-h/19.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324121247682463026" style="WIDTH: 209px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 153px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgoO7w4zWvRmoxndWG3h8BOIHU9QFyhnFvSVLwJh_0Pda43d8DI8CPNlsUUk2s1eJW8qJVBNtTH8LGcdJagI61UNlBXcQXbIL3BckhBQj2GAN_Zyil5Uj2PnPYKA0Iys3-JnMwQ8puiVIf4/s400/19.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                     Figure 6.21 Calculating X and Y values&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The x and y values are calculated as follows;&lt;br /&gt;x and y are approximated as arcs and the following formula can be used:&lt;br /&gt;S = r × θ&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where;&lt;br /&gt;S = arc length;&lt;br /&gt;r = radius;&lt;br /&gt;θ = included angle in milli-radians.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjIem_6eB3cHxDX-NuP8jWTcwB4z9NsoPZoYdy6fb6JfMjDs20o7Mjw8FsKHG582Ts-YWA1sSnabrChVJRkprEagCoU5iK80GlzDEe9s_n_BHIKGxdASx8g9dz3C4WdxY4EVGJbIMaUptHn/s1600-h/20.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324121247945632274" style="WIDTH: 336px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 142px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjIem_6eB3cHxDX-NuP8jWTcwB4z9NsoPZoYdy6fb6JfMjDs20o7Mjw8FsKHG582Ts-YWA1sSnabrChVJRkprEagCoU5iK80GlzDEe9s_n_BHIKGxdASx8g9dz3C4WdxY4EVGJbIMaUptHn/s400/20.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Final- Vertical&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;The final results should include corrections for both the offset and the angular corrections.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;At point A{Front Foot FF}:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Offset results – remove shims of 2.5 mils&lt;br /&gt;Angularity results – add shims of 3.2 mils&lt;br /&gt;Thus, insert shims of 0.7 mils under the front foot of the motor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;At point B{Rear Foot RF}:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Offset results – remove shims of 2.5 mils&lt;br /&gt;Angularity results – add shims of 7.2 mils&lt;br /&gt;Thus, insert shims of 4.7 mils under the rear feet of the motor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Calculations for the horizontal plane&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;The dial gauge is: from behind the motor, left is the initial reading and right is the final reading.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;*Offset calculations:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Left reading: +1 mils&lt;br /&gt;Right reading: - 6 mils&lt;br /&gt;Pointer on left;&lt;br /&gt;+1 means the measured point on motor shaft is to the left by “1”&lt;br /&gt;Pointer on the right;&lt;br /&gt;- 6 means the measured point on motor shaft is to the left by “6”&lt;br /&gt;{To imagine this, just draw the dial gage and its direction}&lt;br /&gt;· Because the dial pointer is on the motor shaft, a negative reading indicates that the motor shaft axis is to the left of the pump shaft axis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Offset = (Final reading – Initial reading) /2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj1i2rYmEQeZP1H7gyllp5iNMxQ1k-cLqpMQqr0G4mNKewQSk2WsjbY-okWX6Ey-fDvYP37-VyvozreJb-okM3tQnfJ7KHlM3eie30Z8Ayd12-NUcRwEUmEGpT9m8A7YJU0Lt7UoHFwVDLv/s1600-h/21.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324125306576091986" style="WIDTH: 240px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 142px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj1i2rYmEQeZP1H7gyllp5iNMxQ1k-cLqpMQqr0G4mNKewQSk2WsjbY-okWX6Ey-fDvYP37-VyvozreJb-okM3tQnfJ7KHlM3eie30Z8Ayd12-NUcRwEUmEGpT9m8A7YJU0Lt7UoHFwVDLv/s400/21.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Move points A and B of the motor to the right by 3.5 mils.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;*Angular calculations:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Left reading: + 4 mils&lt;br /&gt;Right reading: - 6 mils&lt;br /&gt;+ 4 means that the left point of the motor hub is away to the pump hub by “4”.&lt;br /&gt;- 6 means that the right point of the motor hub is close from the pump hub by “6”.&lt;br /&gt;{To imagine this, just draw the dial gage and its direction}&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the dial pointer touches the rear face of the motor coupling hub, the shaft axis resembles what is shown in Figure 6.22.&lt;br /&gt;In this case:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhqXcHDbPIKnWimNLklpSdEE_qM_vV40dbAulHv2pGBxW3rJVZovcFXQjPIjC8tTsr8c_HcgQpcktzqLE1suepL1TmUXQOLDZWi3wyUwoxzkgtkLwU3zzuC8I6Rh0AlLpev9U04Y9_AJr4/s1600-h/22.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324125314008318930" style="WIDTH: 228px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 78px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhqXcHDbPIKnWimNLklpSdEE_qM_vV40dbAulHv2pGBxW3rJVZovcFXQjPIjC8tTsr8c_HcgQpcktzqLE1suepL1TmUXQOLDZWi3wyUwoxzkgtkLwU3zzuC8I6Rh0AlLpev9U04Y9_AJr4/s400/22.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;mils = 0.01 inch.&lt;br /&gt;Thus: &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjnXZJ69i5_lSAInTFtZIz-tE4cQ6iGR5h5cpA0GlVuF0gXb-0Y-xn3Fqap0PV3I6jAJLP2DqrYWM5lDGLdY8UggKWrrSaiqTgOrwlHs1SafGE0dBKbESUcO4XOE6No8953e3sO2QqFPisD/s1600-h/23.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324125314601247826" style="WIDTH: 89px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 66px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjnXZJ69i5_lSAInTFtZIz-tE4cQ6iGR5h5cpA0GlVuF0gXb-0Y-xn3Fqap0PV3I6jAJLP2DqrYWM5lDGLdY8UggKWrrSaiqTgOrwlHs1SafGE0dBKbESUcO4XOE6No8953e3sO2QqFPisD/s400/23.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;= 0.002 radians (0.114o)&lt;br /&gt;= 2 milli-radians&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hence:&lt;br /&gt;x = 2 ´ 8 = 16 mils – move to the left;&lt;br /&gt;y = 2 ´18 = 36 mils – move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgz2w6vqpW_jbY3rL31YDXlfXrNiYfIv10DXLYSuykkrHUjTcbxZrT43sByK6__m4RmKvonEXGRgPUJEjxkZ8dLkPmLD5sThLIKyCQN3rj9Zgy8ctInvebTakEj4OqG-vwpYiqxObzgcB0T/s1600-h/24.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324125317540271170" style="WIDTH: 275px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 201px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgz2w6vqpW_jbY3rL31YDXlfXrNiYfIv10DXLYSuykkrHUjTcbxZrT43sByK6__m4RmKvonEXGRgPUJEjxkZ8dLkPmLD5sThLIKyCQN3rj9Zgy8ctInvebTakEj4OqG-vwpYiqxObzgcB0T/s400/24.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.22 &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Final- Horizontal&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;At point A{Front Foot FF}:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Offset results – move 3.5 mils to the right&lt;br /&gt;Angularity results – move 16 mils to the left&lt;br /&gt;Thus, move to the left by 12.5 mils.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;At point B {Rear Foot RF}:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Offset results – move 3.5 mils to the right&lt;br /&gt;Angularity results – move 36 mils to the left&lt;br /&gt;Thus, move to the left by 32.5 mils.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The procedure would be;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· The vertical shim corrections should always be done prior to the horizontal shifts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Once the vertical shims are adjusted, the bolts should be tightened and a quick test of the vertical plane reading should be made to confirm the accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· If the accuracy is satisfactory, the bolts can be loosened and the horizontal alignment should be done with jack bolts (if provided). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEimh3ZEXpZ3quMxZ7J45eKRiwMZjbrZ79f1yljR3A7TXu5UlYjolXlQZyoMYAvNbxL1C_P0GvRnuxQPOIuae2m2Gfzv_H6s6d1gYYayyBb0NHEBkBARYrcPUnbcdI_lJJDfno_1daMwJhme/s1600-h/25.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324125318284859826" style="WIDTH: 361px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEimh3ZEXpZ3quMxZ7J45eKRiwMZjbrZ79f1yljR3A7TXu5UlYjolXlQZyoMYAvNbxL1C_P0GvRnuxQPOIuae2m2Gfzv_H6s6d1gYYayyBb0NHEBkBARYrcPUnbcdI_lJJDfno_1daMwJhme/s400/25.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgug6f3wIPaOpHMWr4dIc6Jvu4UZkVvg-iwyqd3orzg_iGOHzUtD12yC12a29G_tZmuplC_fWOTLFF4iE-eOb94YSuheo3j7G5372ZmyJeH9DP7SLMd7JklUb6FC3YS_2UXUZHliYSk60fa/s1600-h/26.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324129746843507986" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 287px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgug6f3wIPaOpHMWr4dIc6Jvu4UZkVvg-iwyqd3orzg_iGOHzUtD12yC12a29G_tZmuplC_fWOTLFF4iE-eOb94YSuheo3j7G5372ZmyJeH9DP7SLMd7JklUb6FC3YS_2UXUZHliYSk60fa/s400/26.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEilMInRLKA51b7Ma7wmPLRaawnK7No3KQRLSJ814_9t4PlBlXbV5BQTDQEENjgIi13fECuDId4Q7h0BGWNe-AOAymrsAA0OQZMihcgwT8LZ0YOjXo8vGuanjT07rX8wW2iazMCTlLGzSyQ1/s1600-h/27.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324129745266611826" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 254px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEilMInRLKA51b7Ma7wmPLRaawnK7No3KQRLSJ814_9t4PlBlXbV5BQTDQEENjgIi13fECuDId4Q7h0BGWNe-AOAymrsAA0OQZMihcgwT8LZ0YOjXo8vGuanjT07rX8wW2iazMCTlLGzSyQ1/s400/27.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The limitations of this method are:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Calculations are necessary, which may be difficult to do in the field.&lt;br /&gt;· It is beneficial to be able to visualize the shaft orientation from the dial gage readings but this requires practice.&lt;br /&gt;· Inexperienced technicians can find this confusing.&lt;br /&gt;· Errors in calculations may occur if there is bracket sag and/or error in the dial gage readings.&lt;br /&gt;· If the shaft of one or both the machines has substantial axial floats, the angular readings can be erroneous.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Laser alignment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Alignment with comparators such as dial gages characterized by;&lt;br /&gt;· a fair degree of precision,&lt;br /&gt;· demand skill,&lt;br /&gt;· demand training and&lt;br /&gt;· Require experience.&lt;br /&gt;Consequently, these methods are;&lt;br /&gt;· tend to provide errors and&lt;br /&gt;· can take a considerable amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The method of alignment using LASERS (Figure 6.34);&lt;br /&gt;· overcomes the disadvantages listed above and&lt;br /&gt;· it is gradually becoming the preferred method of alignment for most machines.&lt;br /&gt;· Data collection and calculations have become;&lt;br /&gt;o fast and&lt;br /&gt;o accurate&lt;br /&gt;· Some laser systems need less than a quarter turn of the shaft to produce very good shim correction data.&lt;br /&gt;· They have built-in alignment tolerances, and hence there is no need for an expert to judge on the quality of the residual misalignment.&lt;br /&gt;· Laser beams can travel over long distances, and alignment can be done very accurately with relative ease (comfort).&lt;br /&gt;· Laser beams do not bend over great distances and for this reason the sag effect is entirely eliminated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhGOEndmyyOqY9KpJfA1k0MouqIVOkSjMq98emkreVckBhyphenhyphenXS7V2FKtz87n-JCejG8Yu1DGo8YubL1ngl224ccRzubb_OPTYcDae5JL9L-yFDYikvt0QKI-tVjRX_0dw4Qdgyh8LuHuQNTD/s1600-h/28.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324129747999971682" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 134px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhGOEndmyyOqY9KpJfA1k0MouqIVOkSjMq98emkreVckBhyphenhyphenXS7V2FKtz87n-JCejG8Yu1DGo8YubL1ngl224ccRzubb_OPTYcDae5JL9L-yFDYikvt0QKI-tVjRX_0dw4Qdgyh8LuHuQNTD/s400/28.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.34 Laser alignment &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;·&lt;strong&gt; The laser alignment system&lt;/strong&gt; (Figure 6.35) comprises;&lt;br /&gt;Ø an analyzer and&lt;br /&gt;Ø two laser heads.&lt;br /&gt;· The laser heads are attached to the two shafts&lt;br /&gt;· The laser heads must face each other, and each head has a laser emitter and receiver.&lt;br /&gt;· When the shafts are turned, the receivers trace the movement of the laser beams.&lt;br /&gt;· These values are communicated to the analyzer.&lt;br /&gt;· Machinery data and the required distances are initially entered into the analyzer.&lt;br /&gt;· The data from;&lt;br /&gt;o the laser heads and&lt;br /&gt;o the given machinery data&lt;br /&gt;are used to accurately determine the shim corrections for the machine.&lt;br /&gt;· Once the laser head and the reflector are installed, the shafts must be rotated. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjbDYC4VfJ_pb8VczdRxbsjrVGEQx-PCzFtDBjeb7ZY94gLcVeA1Bb5rj6APOjDtHbzaT7oVltu9azayvxRXZi_muOcMsQQWwm7-fVtj31mmeu68GkIh2vCfDViNzsEVYDu5TvxoxxWKKO2/s1600-h/29.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324129748243355346" style="WIDTH: 242px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 304px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjbDYC4VfJ_pb8VczdRxbsjrVGEQx-PCzFtDBjeb7ZY94gLcVeA1Bb5rj6APOjDtHbzaT7oVltu9azayvxRXZi_muOcMsQQWwm7-fVtj31mmeu68GkIh2vCfDViNzsEVYDu5TvxoxxWKKO2/s400/29.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.35 Laser alignment system comprising of laser head,&lt;br /&gt;reflector and analyzer (Prueftechnik – Optalign Plus system)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt; One emitter and one receiver system;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Some entry-level laser alignment systems only have one laser emitter head and a reflecting prism on the other.&lt;br /&gt;· These systems are ideal for general purpose machines.&lt;br /&gt;· They eliminate the dial gages and provide an alignment calculator.&lt;br /&gt;· The methodology with these systems is same as the previous one.&lt;br /&gt;· At every quarter revolution, the analyzer must be activated to acquire the reading.&lt;br /&gt;· After this, the analyzer provides the alignment correction information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Some advanced LASER systems&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some systems include additional features that make alignment of machines an easy task.&lt;br /&gt;These features are:&lt;br /&gt;· Complex trains comprising of as many as five machines can be handled.&lt;br /&gt;· Communications that eliminate cables between the laser heads and the analyzer.&lt;br /&gt;· Errors due to vibrations from other machines can also be eliminated through averaging.&lt;br /&gt;· Uncoupled and non-rotating machines can also be aligned.&lt;br /&gt;· Less than a quarter rotation may be sufficient to obtain misalignment data.&lt;br /&gt;· It is possible to do live horizontal alignment. This means that there is no need to take a reading and transfer it to the analyzer for calculation. The instant communication of the heads and analyzer accomplishes this automatically.&lt;br /&gt;· One or two soft foot conditions can be identified.&lt;br /&gt;· Once a machine is aligned, its history and data can be stored.&lt;br /&gt;· They provide built-in misalignment tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment tolerances&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In practice, it is almost impossible to obtain;&lt;br /&gt;· a zero offset&lt;br /&gt;· and zero angularity,&lt;br /&gt;and thus machines have to be left with a certain residual misalignment.&lt;br /&gt;This residual misalignment has little or no detrimental effect on the operation of machines.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh8VW9xStg2UyJ-7OOmyIH6OnN1ZF5oNJ6V-nEwPDpXfnR2hDorkiA1hrGk48y2HGj1JugFFmtXV5lly0CUZujVU0xpWBGub5lqWBLvzB6EInDxz-UpMx-ur1nzYIzOi_llxkKGd840L3FH/s1600-h/30.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324129755540435378" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 172px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh8VW9xStg2UyJ-7OOmyIH6OnN1ZF5oNJ6V-nEwPDpXfnR2hDorkiA1hrGk48y2HGj1JugFFmtXV5lly0CUZujVU0xpWBGub5lqWBLvzB6EInDxz-UpMx-ur1nzYIzOi_llxkKGd840L3FH/s400/30.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;· The above values are assumed to be pure offset or pure angle.&lt;br /&gt;· In practice, a combination of the two is more common and tolerances should account for this combination.&lt;br /&gt;For example, a machine is running at 3000 rpm and the residual misalignment data is:&lt;br /&gt;· offset: 2.6 mils&lt;br /&gt;· angularity: 0.25 mil/in.&lt;br /&gt;In pure terms, these values would be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;Nonetheless, let us see if the combination of the two is acceptable. To achieve this, a XY graph is made as shown in Figure 6.36.&lt;br /&gt;If an offset of 2.6 with an angularity of 0.25 mils/in. is plotted, it could be beyond the acceptable range.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjdHk5PUmQeerE9Ps_ilNzRmDtryJlJ2TuA8RY6mpEvwLUbycDjrwpom_qdlWAYPUtagUdMeaVa2nIWuc-B54WegAtsx_kKdG3G1o8IUIOF_2MCiVbi5RFBmtDjQGO-qwHCJ9HI2_GCGhYZ/s1600-h/31.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324136274619403970" style="WIDTH: 365px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 235px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjdHk5PUmQeerE9Ps_ilNzRmDtryJlJ2TuA8RY6mpEvwLUbycDjrwpom_qdlWAYPUtagUdMeaVa2nIWuc-B54WegAtsx_kKdG3G1o8IUIOF_2MCiVbi5RFBmtDjQGO-qwHCJ9HI2_GCGhYZ/s400/31.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 6.36 Alignment tolerances &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ROTALIGN PRO &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;(Laser shaft alignment system) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;1. Lock-out the machine.&lt;br /&gt;2. Mount the chain brackets to the shafts.&lt;br /&gt;3. Mount the emitter [waterproof, dust proof] on one bracket.&lt;br /&gt;4. Mount the receiver [waterproof, dust proof] on the other bracket.&lt;br /&gt;5. Turn on the emitter.&lt;br /&gt;6. You have only one laser to adjust.&lt;br /&gt;7. Only one cable is needed to connect the laser head to the hand-held computer.&lt;br /&gt;8. Three short steps and you have your alignment data;&lt;br /&gt;§ Dimension&lt;br /&gt;§ Measure&lt;br /&gt;§ Results&lt;br /&gt;9. DIM&lt;br /&gt;§ Press the DIM key your screen displays to you some data to put in.&lt;br /&gt;§ Then determine the dimension of your machine and put them into the computer.&lt;br /&gt;10. Measure (M)&lt;br /&gt;§ Press measure key then you are ready to begin.&lt;br /&gt;§ Turn the shafts for 1/4 (quarter) turn or less and forget about the clock position&lt;br /&gt;11. Results&lt;br /&gt;§ Press the result key, the screen displays as found to scale the alignment conditions AND the corrections needed.&lt;br /&gt;12. Do physically the corrections required for the machine and repeat your job UNTIL the computer tells you that you have a good alignment.&lt;br /&gt;(This is appeared with the sign on the screen).&lt;br /&gt;13. Some benefits of this laser system are;&lt;br /&gt;§ Determine the soft foot condition and analyze it and give the suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;§ It can provide alignment for non-rotating shafts.&lt;br /&gt;§ It can automatically the thermal expansion and gives the corrections.&lt;br /&gt;§ It is capable of aligning the vertical machines.&lt;br /&gt;§ The software can be updated from the website. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh79fXTIz-UIDIHNbSkYDmwEdcBSz1mOuEjOtcE7Hsronlg6py75n3PZaf7WAWW9dcuSgfpEUHqHvfjdup-7eLmEkH3U9J2b9MvUo5Q6WczxnUhNdi01me-lsw-gOO1H18gMHJ7HapnHnva/s1600-h/32.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324134054177460850" style="WIDTH: 386px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh79fXTIz-UIDIHNbSkYDmwEdcBSz1mOuEjOtcE7Hsronlg6py75n3PZaf7WAWW9dcuSgfpEUHqHvfjdup-7eLmEkH3U9J2b9MvUo5Q6WczxnUhNdi01me-lsw-gOO1H18gMHJ7HapnHnva/s400/32.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi-tzrrvsUWgCmXGYiA1SJpZicTSoYI-9PurKvXD_6hW_H-_fJI0gydWECckHdvP4a6Yv_AV5FhxQivXyvHAlOXFeHBkiTrRw7gRCavcjJwidHzbSahBR1o-W3JGWzB8F8yWJE4LVg3ZY7S/s1600-h/33.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5324134051344958370" style="WIDTH: 267px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi-tzrrvsUWgCmXGYiA1SJpZicTSoYI-9PurKvXD_6hW_H-_fJI0gydWECckHdvP4a6Yv_AV5FhxQivXyvHAlOXFeHBkiTrRw7gRCavcjJwidHzbSahBR1o-W3JGWzB8F8yWJE4LVg3ZY7S/s400/33.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/498523095091148880/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/498523095091148880?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="17 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/498523095091148880" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/498523095091148880" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/04/alignment-handout_13.html" rel="alternate" title="Alignment Handout" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjsxHGJo5ksEgch7jr-nuAvZ3bEbxKOpsc2L5VOYdm341b2WvLytRwOKZhfCxMSRcdgWE5vyIVMNaWX-rYZKJmwyuAEOMyVkKuTTxn4R-YFaybNdqMI2ZjBnkx3g1mykIO-BOuH4jrbwR1g/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>17</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-6487498462782295410</id><published>2009-04-13T11:29:00.000+02:00</published><updated>2009-04-13T11:31:07.153+02:00</updated><title type="text">Alignment Handout</title><content type="html">Factors Influencing Alignment procedure&lt;br /&gt;1- Eccentricity (runout)&lt;br /&gt;Check&lt;br /&gt;·     This might be done by a dial gage</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/6487498462782295410/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/6487498462782295410?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="0 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/6487498462782295410" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/6487498462782295410" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/04/alignment-handout.html" rel="alternate" title="Alignment Handout" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-4854580682628901315</id><published>2009-02-22T11:11:00.004+02:00</published><updated>2009-02-22T11:48:13.844+02:00</updated><title type="text">Power Transmissions</title><content type="html">&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;The first decision in designing an engine installation is selection of the coupling and drive method to connect the engine to the driven equipment..&lt;br /&gt;The coupling and drive selection connections are closely related to the proper selection of engine support and mounting. This ensures a successful trouble-free installation from the standpoint of both the engine and driven equipment, as well as the power transmission components. (Refer to Mounting and Alignment section.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A rigid precision-type mounting system must be provided for both the engine and driven equipment if a solid or nearly solid driveline is utilized.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Drive components which utilize universal joints, drive shafts or belts, and chain-type drives permit slightly greater alignment deviations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When selecting the power transmission system, the possible need for a complete torsional analysis must be considered. System incompatibility will result in premature and/or avoidable failures.Refer to Mounting and Alignment section&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CLUTCHES&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;General Description and Selection Considerations&lt;br /&gt;Engine starting capability is normally limited and the direct connection of large mass&lt;br /&gt;driven equipment makes starting difficult or impossible, therefore, a type of clutch or&lt;br /&gt;disconnect device may not only be desirable but necessary.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Exceptions, if properly sized to the engine starting capability, may be centrifugal pumps, fans or propellers, and generators which provide a direct connected load with&lt;br /&gt;a low starting torque requirement. Certain compressors which utilize a starting “unloading device” may also be direct connected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Piston-type pumps, most compressors, belt- and chain-driven equipment, and all mobile vehicles will require an engine disconnect system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The engine disconnect feature provides an important safety and service function. It permits rotating the engine for service and adjustment, as well as servicing the driven&lt;br /&gt;equipment without disconnecting the drive-train. It also permits engine warm up before applying load — an accepted requirement for extended engine life. On multiple engine installations driving into a common compound or driven machine, it permits operating at less than full power level if desired, as well as at partial power should one engine be down for routine service or because of failure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Numerous devices are available for connection or engagement of the engine to the driven machine. The device selection will depend on the desired engagement function; however, several general considerations must be made regardless of the&lt;br /&gt;device selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The selected device must have adequate capacity to transmit the maximum engine&lt;br /&gt;torque to the driven equipment. With the exception of “dog-type” clutches, which are&lt;br /&gt;generally not acceptable on material handling equipment, clutches rely on friction&lt;br /&gt;for power transmission.&lt;br /&gt;(Dog-type clutches provide a direct mechanical connection and cannot be engaged&lt;br /&gt;during operation nor do they have any modulating [slipping] capability). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Engine-Mounted Enclosed Clutches&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These clutches (power takeoffs) will be covered in greater detail under the following&lt;br /&gt;classifications (clutch rating definitions), as well as the specific selection considerations for the type of clutch and application.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirrqNpM19gXJDPpGYo_PgUbyEuuEc6BapAj-ux3rnb-Dd1VJd3ixq3vb0zPmsPt59kQhptWeAl0UBr7sSVvOtQLo7G6FP2ilSTDuSSOxfG1LqVAOVzVMmEI_oqqkDMshrqqwSRvDXtgtqH/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305547394641357682" style="WIDTH: 373px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 387px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirrqNpM19gXJDPpGYo_PgUbyEuuEc6BapAj-ux3rnb-Dd1VJd3ixq3vb0zPmsPt59kQhptWeAl0UBr7sSVvOtQLo7G6FP2ilSTDuSSOxfG1LqVAOVzVMmEI_oqqkDMshrqqwSRvDXtgtqH/s400/1.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;Enclosed clutch selection for either rear or front engine mounting must be made in&lt;br /&gt;accordance with the “Horsepower Absorption Capability”.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The following rating definitions are applicable to clutch arrangements offered by&lt;br /&gt;Caterpillar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Light-Duty (LD)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A light-duty clutch is used primarily to disconnect and pick up light inertia loads, but&lt;br /&gt;does more work during engagement than “cut-off” duty.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A light-duty clutch should engage within two seconds, start the load less than six times per hour, and never heat the pressure plate outer surface above hand holding temperature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Example: Disconnect clutch between engine and hydraulic torque converter with engine above low idle when engaging clutch, as in power shovel master clutch, generator, or similar drives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Normal-Duty (ND)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A normal-duty clutch is used to start inertia loads with frequencies up to 30 engagements per hour. More important is that the clutch can start the heaviest inertia load within three seconds, and that the product of seconds of clutch slip per engagement times number of engagements per hour be under 90.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A normal-duty application may raise the outer clutch surface temperature to under&lt;br /&gt;100°F (37.8°C) rise above ambient air temperature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Example: Power takeoff starting average inertia loads where starting load is 40% of the running load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heavy-Duty (HD)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;A heavy-duty clutch is used to start inertia loads with frequencies up to 60 engagements per hour. More important is that the clutch can start the heaviest inertia loads within four seconds, and that the product of seconds of clutch slip per engagement times number of engagements per hour be under 180.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Heavy-duty applications may raise the clutch outer surface temperature to a maximum of 150°F (65.6°C) rise above ambient air temperature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Example: Power takeoff starting average inertia loads whose starting load is 80% of&lt;br /&gt;the running load. Also, rock crusher applications where the clutch is not used to&lt;br /&gt;“break loose” jammed loads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra Heavy-Duty (EHD)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An extra heavy-duty clutch is used to start inertia loads requiring over four seconds to start the heaviest load, with longest slip period per engagement not exceeding 10seconds. Also, when the product of seconds of clutch slip per engagement times number of engagements per hour exceeds 180, it is beyond extra heavy-duty. Contact your Caterpillar dealer for application approval of extra heavy-duty-type service.&lt;br /&gt;Example: Power takeoff starting inertia loads whose starting load approaches or&lt;br /&gt;exceeds the running load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typical Light-Duty (LD)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clutch Applications&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A.Agitators — pure liquids.&lt;br /&gt;B.Cookers —cereal.&lt;br /&gt;C.Elevators, bucket — uniform loads,&lt;br /&gt;all types.&lt;br /&gt;D.Feeders — disc-type.&lt;br /&gt;E.Kettle — brew.&lt;br /&gt;F.Line shafts — light-duty.&lt;br /&gt;G. Machines, general — all types with uniform loads, nonreversing.&lt;br /&gt;H.Pumps — centrifugal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typical Normal-Duty (ND)&lt;br /&gt;Clutch Applications&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A.Agitators — solid or semisolids.&lt;br /&gt;B.Batchers — textile.&lt;br /&gt;C.Blowers and fans — centrifugal andlobe.&lt;br /&gt;D.Bottling machines.&lt;br /&gt;E.Compressors — all centrifugal&lt;br /&gt;andlobe-type.&lt;br /&gt;F.Elevators, bucket — uniformly loaded or fed.&lt;br /&gt;G.Feeders — apron, belt, screw, or vane.&lt;br /&gt;H.Filling machine — can type.&lt;br /&gt;I.Mixers — continuous.&lt;br /&gt;J.Pumps — three or more cylinders; gear- or rotary-type.&lt;br /&gt;K.Conveyor — uniform load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typical Heavy-Duty (HD)&lt;br /&gt;Clutch Applications&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A.Cranes and hoist — working clutch.&lt;br /&gt;B.Crushers — ore and stone.&lt;br /&gt;C.Drums — braking.&lt;br /&gt;D.Compressors — lobe rotary plus three or more cylinder reciprocating-type.&lt;br /&gt;E.Haulers — car puller and barge-type.&lt;br /&gt;F.Mills — ball-type.&lt;br /&gt;G. Paper mill machinery — except calenders and driers.&lt;br /&gt;H.Presses — brick and clay.&lt;br /&gt;I.Pumps — one- and two-cylinder reciprocating-type.&lt;br /&gt;J.Mud pumps — one- and two-cylinder reciprocating-type.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typical Extra Heavy-Duty (EHD)&lt;br /&gt;Clutch Applications&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A.Compressors — one- and two-cylinder reciprocating-type.&lt;br /&gt;B.Calenders and driers — paper mill.&lt;br /&gt;C.Mills — hammer-type.&lt;br /&gt;D.Shaker — reciprocating-type.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once all machine parameters have been established, contact your Caterpillar dealer&lt;br /&gt;for selection assistance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Automotive-Type Clutches&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also known as diaphram or spring-loaded-type clutches, this category is generally a&lt;br /&gt;light-duty classification; it is normally used in strictly mobile applications, such as on-&lt;br /&gt;highway trucks or higher speed mobile machines, which utilize a multi speed transmission. The automotive-type clutch is normally foot-operated for disengagement or is engaged with the friction being generated by spring force acting on an engine-driven plate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although this type of clutch is not a Caterpillar price list attachment, on the&lt;br /&gt;smaller engine families, there is offered a selection of flywheels to accommodate the&lt;br /&gt;more common commercial models offered by a number of manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the machine design requires this type of clutch, the package designer and installer&lt;br /&gt;should work very closely with the clutch manufacturer to ensure proper selection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CAUTION:&lt;/strong&gt; THIS TYPE OF CLUTCH, DUE TO ITS INHERENT TORQUE CAPACITY LIMITATIONS, SHOULD NOT BE USED WITH THE LARGER 3500 FAMILY CATERPILLAR ENGINES. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKw8CVz2lcATyR0tEwBxVyHKZWRymTSM0-m1GzsfBzmt_UZE-_w54iu59D6Jp78VQqGMvntsKEI6zWB_M8FAb_q5ceqFyko3yjAGUsPz2C9XBfP5NV3keLwdde4XDT-j-nSeYD2IueBZH8/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305547398995529730" style="WIDTH: 350px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKw8CVz2lcATyR0tEwBxVyHKZWRymTSM0-m1GzsfBzmt_UZE-_w54iu59D6Jp78VQqGMvntsKEI6zWB_M8FAb_q5ceqFyko3yjAGUsPz2C9XBfP5NV3keLwdde4XDT-j-nSeYD2IueBZH8/s400/2.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Air Clutches&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basically, engagement friction is maintained by air pressure. This feature is particularly advantageous when remote control of the engagement/disengagement functions is required.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Air clutches utilize an expanding air bladder for the clutch element. (See Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Air clutches do not normally have side load capability, so if such capability is required, the output shaft must be supported by two support bearings. These bearings must be mounted on a common base with the engine package. Air pressure to operate the clutch is supplied by an air connection through the drilled passage in the output shaft. Clutch alignment tolerances are reduced as air pressure to the clutch increases.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When selecting an air clutch, the package designer/installer must work closely with the clutch manufacturer. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhl7uXUoqp78RImLxXUMF49ibHpuURSeGGxKOqxtNjqMIrLQuHXMZedjKe0AJ6_U-TJWMwhUXWSZWsNwSYGoz04mIl5VSrHO8sZzMiyxeuuk0qlbwk9rp4AXHNBa8fIpQaGSfq1hztNDbkf/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305547395370038146" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 246px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhl7uXUoqp78RImLxXUMF49ibHpuURSeGGxKOqxtNjqMIrLQuHXMZedjKe0AJ6_U-TJWMwhUXWSZWsNwSYGoz04mIl5VSrHO8sZzMiyxeuuk0qlbwk9rp4AXHNBa8fIpQaGSfq1hztNDbkf/s400/3.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Centrifugal Clutches&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The centrifugal clutch accomplishes the engagement/disengagement functions by centrifugal force which is generated by the engine operating speed. It provides a power engagement/disengagement function controlled strictly by the engine governor speed control (throttle).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Centrifugal clutches offer smooth automatic engagement of load without complicated&lt;br /&gt;controls. Typically, a diesel engine with a full load operating speed of 1800 rpm will&lt;br /&gt;be fitted with a centrifugal clutch which effects engagement at a speed of about&lt;br /&gt;1000 engine rpm. Once engaged, most clutches of this type will remain engaged&lt;br /&gt;even if the engine speed is pulled down due to load — as low as the engagement&lt;br /&gt;speed (i.e., 1000 rpm) or lower (e.g., disengagement at 800 rpm). If the load is&lt;br /&gt;such that engine stall speed is approached, the clutch will disengage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As with the air-type clutches, they have limited or no side load capability and&lt;br /&gt;for other than in-line drive loads, a separately supported output shaft with two support bearings must be provided and must be mounted on a common base with the engine package.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When selecting a centrifugal clutch, the package designer/installer must work closely with the clutch manufacturer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TRANSMISSIONS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Over the years rapid technological advances have enabled numerous commercial&lt;br /&gt;manufacturers to offer a broad range of transmissions with nearly unlimited features and options. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For this discussion transmissions will be divided into three broad classifications all&lt;br /&gt;of which transmit power through sets of mechanical gears, either spur or helical&lt;br /&gt;types, or planetary designs. Where multi-speed capability is provided, it is accomplished either mechanically or automatically (hydraulically, pneumatically, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Due to the large number of transmissions commercially available and the fact that&lt;br /&gt;Caterpillar does not offer transmissions (with the exception of marine transmissions —single speed — forward/reverse functions(,the transmission discussion will be restricted to general operating principles and considerations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When selecting a transmission, the package designer must work closely with the&lt;br /&gt;transmission manufacturer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CAUTION:&lt;/strong&gt; REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OR BRAND OF TRANSMISSION SELECTED,THE DESIGNER MUST ENSURE THAT IT HAS THE CORRECT HORSE-POWER, TORQUE, AND SPEED CAPABILITY TO MATCH THE DIESEL ENGINE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mechanical Transmission&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The mechanical transmission provides the lowest cost method of providing multiple&lt;br /&gt;output speeds when the driven equipment input speed range or torque requirements&lt;br /&gt;exceed the operating capability of the diesel engine. Mechanical transmissions are usually equipped with some type of clutch assembly to facilitate not only engine starting but also to change gear ratios.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgt2qxb-g-JGUuCPEapMYgEwKOhXQnwd61w7358jOMgg6p_PSktHaAdMZnidt__E7d1EeDhyphenhyphenre94RSievh1OSTUR61bie2yn5-6inrftPzL0IxSknBBjsItdNK2cg-TXRd9qyrm31tDq1ot/s1600-h/4.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305547396784654210" style="WIDTH: 394px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 320px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgt2qxb-g-JGUuCPEapMYgEwKOhXQnwd61w7358jOMgg6p_PSktHaAdMZnidt__E7d1EeDhyphenhyphenre94RSievh1OSTUR61bie2yn5-6inrftPzL0IxSknBBjsItdNK2cg-TXRd9qyrm31tDq1ot/s400/4.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; This type of transmission is applicable to both semi mobile and mobile installations&lt;br /&gt;where the momentary loss of power to the driven equipment when gear changes are&lt;br /&gt;effected does not pose operating problems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Generally, the mechanical transmission is employed when the gear speed change&lt;br /&gt;requirements are not a constant require- ment and the speed shifts do not have to&lt;br /&gt;be executed rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today’s modern mechanical transmission, when properly matched to the engine-driven equipment, will provide reliable trouble-free service. Frequent gear changes,&lt;br /&gt;however, will accelerate clutch wear and maintenance costs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installation is simplified since mechanical transmissions do not normally require oil&lt;br /&gt;cooling systems as do the automatic type.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Automatic, Semiautomatic, and Preselector-Type Transmissions&lt;br /&gt;As the names imply, these transmission types effect the gear changes either completely automatically or as predetermined by the machine operator.&lt;br /&gt;Engine power engagement/disengagement clutching is normally fully automatic and&lt;br /&gt;does not require the machine operator to physically move a clutch pedal or lever. For&lt;br /&gt;disengagement the operator need only move the selector lever to a neutral position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As with the mechanical transmission, the automatic type must be carefully matched&lt;br /&gt;to the engine operating horsepower, torque, and speed characteristics. However, with the automatic types, additional match consideration may be required since they normally utilize a torque converter, hydraulic coupling, or other type of non mechanical engagement device for the power engagement/disengagement function.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is nearly always accomplished hydraulically. The automatic-type transmissions provide operator ease of machine operation, as well as a nearly constant power flow to the driven equipment during gear changes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A number of commercial manufacturers offer a wide range of automatic-type transmission. The package designer/installer must work closely with the transmission&lt;br /&gt;supplier to ensure the transmission properly matches the machine application and provides the desired operating features.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some automatic transmission designs utilize a lockup feature. This device, in effect,&lt;br /&gt;turns the transmission into a direct mechanical drive to eliminate the inherent inefficiencies of the hydraulic clutching device.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiuvhjPc7OLclbsp5QNwcDs22d7dg8tE0E8QhJwp4BsjkZwRV9yyq08vD-mTNVQuETWnZFy8LeTiT5eakQ0BSi6YrxRtJL8LOy98AhZSaCExTvbx4hQKM1jEo7LN_QSK80aZgInIw9kqoVo/s1600-h/5.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305547396367559618" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 201px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiuvhjPc7OLclbsp5QNwcDs22d7dg8tE0E8QhJwp4BsjkZwRV9yyq08vD-mTNVQuETWnZFy8LeTiT5eakQ0BSi6YrxRtJL8LOy98AhZSaCExTvbx4hQKM1jEo7LN_QSK80aZgInIw9kqoVo/s400/5.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; Generally, the higher cost of an automatic transmission can be justified with a machine requiring high productivity and frequent load cycle changes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When using automatic-type transmissions, other installation considerations are required since most types require a system to cool the transmission oil. Caterpillar offers jacket water connections to supply cooling water to customer or transmission manufacturer-supplied heat exchangers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also offered are complete heat exchanger packages, but care must be exercised to&lt;br /&gt;ensure that the Caterpillar system is capable of handling the transmission heat rejection. The cooling system capacity of the systems offered by Caterpillar can be obtained from your Caterpillar dealer and is in the Owner’s Maintenance Manual.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Speed Increasers/Reducers&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These power transmission devices resemble a mechanical transmission in that power is normally transmitted through a mechanical gear set of spur or helical gears. They are used when the engine speed range is not compatible with the driven equipment input speed requirements and when the installation is best suited to an in-line drive arrangement rather than the offset belt of chain drive systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj5oyaOF_0LwF9goVaBvU9Zzlb1-oJ__5Vn3a-o4R9Imie0X42nIi7aXzJXb9fOR7gulJiBsPmy-Cw30nMknd1TuHQhOhU8Bcz7eDuWO8euU2e_uj9h2nJAsSadVXVwpzj9jnCfhDLeOfa5/s1600-h/6.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305549385043204274" style="WIDTH: 377px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 326px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj5oyaOF_0LwF9goVaBvU9Zzlb1-oJ__5Vn3a-o4R9Imie0X42nIi7aXzJXb9fOR7gulJiBsPmy-Cw30nMknd1TuHQhOhU8Bcz7eDuWO8euU2e_uj9h2nJAsSadVXVwpzj9jnCfhDLeOfa5/s400/6.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; Speed increasers/reducers generally utilize a mechanical cutoff clutch for engine starting and are usually of a single-speed, non reversing design, although exceptions&lt;br /&gt;to the above do exist. They seldom exceed two speed ratios.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Speed increasers/reducers are available for either direct engine mounting or for remote mounting. The remote-mounted type should be on a rigid common base with the engine for ease of alignment.&lt;br /&gt;The package designer/installer must work closely with the commercial gear supplier to ensure proper selection and installation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Compounds&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Although infrequently found in material handling/agriculture applications, specific de-signs may require an engine compound.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basically, a compound is an enclosed gear or chain device which permits several engines to provide input power with the power output coming from one or more shafts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Compounds providing a single engine input and multiple outputs is most common. An example would be a hydrostatic machine where a single engine provides power to&lt;br /&gt;multiple hydraulic pumps when separate pumps are used for the various functional drives of the machine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjbcof8Txgbh7KwN9FD1OrFJ8xMt34R9ImfvRfFCmVo4gI0_FaluqInyzPfX3Kues3UkJBIEER2tnIghK9pRh_epvRm8YOexdZeeEt5Rt105N5Jkb2vsccpCr80fWGh9IyLqNNkmEgGABrs/s1600-h/7.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305549386988509570" style="WIDTH: 351px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjbcof8Txgbh7KwN9FD1OrFJ8xMt34R9ImfvRfFCmVo4gI0_FaluqInyzPfX3Kues3UkJBIEER2tnIghK9pRh_epvRm8YOexdZeeEt5Rt105N5Jkb2vsccpCr80fWGh9IyLqNNkmEgGABrs/s400/7.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; Multiple engine compounds can be used in applications where less than the installed horsepower capability is occasionally called upon for part load operation of the driven machine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When part load operation is adequate, the excess capability can be removed by&lt;br /&gt;declutching engines, reducing overall operating costs and maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The package designer/installer must work&lt;br /&gt;closely with the compound manufacturer&lt;br /&gt;to ensure proper selection and installation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJvvE4RpGCknAGaU3VfjFIA5rn9t5m6elJGezBp77IB3_NsaB2H23ZMWlJYVGP9ckyt0OzEK61yKrZSy_5we_KHMf0bKyosIzTIbRc8DEf2pz_x4rQwq4xXn8OTNQELci4Ejh2DjkbsPrA/s1600-h/8.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305549384221589666" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 370px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJvvE4RpGCknAGaU3VfjFIA5rn9t5m6elJGezBp77IB3_NsaB2H23ZMWlJYVGP9ckyt0OzEK61yKrZSy_5we_KHMf0bKyosIzTIbRc8DEf2pz_x4rQwq4xXn8OTNQELci4Ejh2DjkbsPrA/s400/8.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Stub Shafts&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where the application permits, a stub shaft will provide a low cost, simple method of&lt;br /&gt;direct power transmission.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjjAZn4GKmVkPkvGRu4TvxGXxrAaJA2MYA9BY7ASTWjvBLBeZGYBZWw9rvhaMEuFGOADOgdPVeIjAls6MauAQCnnTo2ifDU7TCZ1osvbL3lxkVVOkUjfVE4C62VkwqKSj8R84_60j8FG3EA/s1600-h/9.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305549386900358738" style="WIDTH: 377px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 335px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjjAZn4GKmVkPkvGRu4TvxGXxrAaJA2MYA9BY7ASTWjvBLBeZGYBZWw9rvhaMEuFGOADOgdPVeIjAls6MauAQCnnTo2ifDU7TCZ1osvbL3lxkVVOkUjfVE4C62VkwqKSj8R84_60j8FG3EA/s400/9.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;Stub shaft drives must not be used when the starting load of the driven equipment is&lt;br /&gt;sufficient to impair engine starting unless a declutching or unloading device is utilized.&lt;br /&gt;Stub shafts also have limited side load capability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hydraulic drive&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Hydraulic drive devices generally fall into two major classifications: fluid or hydraulic couplings and torque converters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The theory involved is similar in all types of hydraulic drives although the internal&lt;br /&gt;design may vary. Basically, the engine output is absorbed by a turbine-type pump.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The oil or fluid in the pump housing is accelerated outward, and the engine power is&lt;br /&gt;transmitted to the outer edge of the pump as kinetic energy in the form of high velocity fluid. This energy is then transferred back towards the center of the output&lt;br /&gt;shaft. This is where the differences occur between a hydraulic or fluid coupling and a&lt;br /&gt;torque converter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fluid (Hydraulic) Couplings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the fluid couplings, the high velocity fluid is directed into a matching turbine located very close to the turbine-type pump which is engine driven. The matching turbine absorbs the energy as the fluid is directed back toward the center of the coupling and the energy is delivered to the output shaft. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgnl5esCLreKbLlG5CEyXiqMXYohG9OmUDMOqfjF2K2XduDAkgToDMwVB5DZ_7C3KYfu-eHKAkCTzXyrp-I5g0OF_z-mdwvThwJ6BrPC_oVuhdLpvD6gjJ5kouANhDwi7tL6oyYy9rneGFx/s1600-h/10.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305549389141010226" style="WIDTH: 377px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 279px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgnl5esCLreKbLlG5CEyXiqMXYohG9OmUDMOqfjF2K2XduDAkgToDMwVB5DZ_7C3KYfu-eHKAkCTzXyrp-I5g0OF_z-mdwvThwJ6BrPC_oVuhdLpvD6gjJ5kouANhDwi7tL6oyYy9rneGFx/s400/10.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; The output torque will always equal the input torque less internal friction losses which will be observed as a lower output speed (rpm)than the input speed (engine rpm).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The primary advantage of a hydraulic coupling is the total lack of a mechanical connection between the driving engine and the driven equipment.&lt;br /&gt;This isolates or greatly reduces the transfer of mechanical shocks, vibration, and undesirable torsional effects between the driven load and the engine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A hydraulic coupling will prevent engine stall under load; however, the engine can be pulled down in speed by varying degrees depending on the hydraulic coupling fluid&lt;br /&gt;cooling capacity. It also permits starting high inertia-driven loads without the use of a cut-off clutch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The main disadvantages of a hydraulic coupling are the reduced efficiency over a mechanically coupled drive and its inability to generate a torque multiplication as is&lt;br /&gt;possible with a torque converter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Normally, hydraulic couplings are best suited to applications which are constant speed applications where the slip capability is desirable to compensate for shock loads, overloads, high inertia load startups, and assist in torsional vibration reduction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Torque Converters&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As with hydraulic couplings, torque converters differ considerably in internal construction and refinement but can generally be placed in two classifications: single-stage and multistage. These differences will be expanded later in this section.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The torque converter differs from the hydraulic coupling in that one or more third&lt;br /&gt;members, called stators or turbine reactors, are utilized in addition to the input pump and the output turbine. These stators or reactor members are imposed in the fluid flow path in such a manner as to produce a multiplication of the input torque to the output shaft at reduced output speeds (rpm).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhLFY88wMO4J65GYMHjW2IvQ3ReWoeYavMG3O7cEXu5CWFo8dK4NhQ0-SUAQncXShSWfrlkdlip9dYvjgDOwPa8fDNNqZaMJxrGdO73HCc-OXGxeJ-uQ2kzG7qBfa0FERsvgE72hwiCCfq4/s1600-h/11.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305551037300250610" style="WIDTH: 394px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 291px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhLFY88wMO4J65GYMHjW2IvQ3ReWoeYavMG3O7cEXu5CWFo8dK4NhQ0-SUAQncXShSWfrlkdlip9dYvjgDOwPa8fDNNqZaMJxrGdO73HCc-OXGxeJ-uQ2kzG7qBfa0FERsvgE72hwiCCfq4/s400/11.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;The maximum torque is transmitted to the output shaft (driven equipment) at stall condition (output shaft is not rotating) when it will equal from 1.6 to more than 6.0 times the converter input torque (engine output torquevalue). When operating at full&lt;br /&gt;speed, with the imposed load at a level which permits the output speed to be close to the engine speed, the torque converter acts in principle like a hydraulic coupling.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The necessity of matching a torque converter to the engine cannot be overemphasized. An improperly sized converter, one with the wrong blading or one which operates in a highly inefficient speed range, will prove unsatisfactory. An improperly matched torque converter can result in engine over- load, high inefficiency, high fuel consumption, poor engine response, and other undesirable results.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The torque converter manufacturer generally has computer programs which, when&lt;br /&gt;coupled to the performance characteristics of the engine, can ensure a correct “match” for any installation/application. Most converter manufacturers have performance data on the Caterpillar Diesel Engine models or data can be obtained from your Caterpillar dealer. This data is covered in the Caterpillar Technical Information File (TIF). Performance data for nonstandard ratings is also available from your Caterpillar dealer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjOPZeS0jJZWz0tPXVe7IKw_na6SbeCcy12_DEknZqeCOUI8Trf2WfNrJXxwN5Uvz22c98T1jGxi7ZN0XXaQA9YBWOS7JJLFi9SX7KvBmwGYddegIQG-eU8uy_03IOItLeTUHitYIpkinL_/s1600-h/12.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305551034224423186" style="WIDTH: 504px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 217px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjOPZeS0jJZWz0tPXVe7IKw_na6SbeCcy12_DEknZqeCOUI8Trf2WfNrJXxwN5Uvz22c98T1jGxi7ZN0XXaQA9YBWOS7JJLFi9SX7KvBmwGYddegIQG-eU8uy_03IOItLeTUHitYIpkinL_/s400/12.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;Additionally, cooling of the torque converter fluid is required. Torque converter cooling must be provided for the equivalent of at least 30% of the total engine heat rejection when using a pre combustion chamber-type engine. When using a direct injection-type engine, torque converter cooling must be provided for the equivalent of at least 50% of the total engine heat rejection.&lt;br /&gt;Caterpillar offers, as price list attachments, either jacket water connections for heat&lt;br /&gt;exchanger-type coolers or, on the 3200,3300 and 3400 Series Engines, complete heat exchanger cooling packages. It is imperative that the cooling package be of adequate capacity. The capacity of&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most commercially available converters are also offered with attachment cooling&lt;br /&gt;packages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the engine cooling system is used to cool the torque converter, adequate reserve&lt;br /&gt;radiator capacity must be provided.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single-Stage Torque Converters&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This type of converter is normally selected for light-duty applications. It has a decreasing torque absorption curve as the output speed approaches stall condition and will not pull down the engine input speed (lug the engine).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Multistage Torque Converters&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most applications will utilize a multistage converter. They provide a broader usable&lt;br /&gt;range and higher torque multiplication value than single-stage converters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Torque converter manufacturers provide excellent manuals and assistance in the&lt;br /&gt;selection of the correct converter for a specific application. Consequently, rather than elaborating on selection guidelines in this publication, it is suggested that the package designer/installer counsel with the converter manufacturer for expert advice.&lt;br /&gt;In addition to offering the same benefits as a hydraulic drive, the torque converter also offers a torque multiplication benefit as well as, if properly matched, higher power transmission efficiency. The multistage converter is particularly preferred for variable output speed applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As standard price list attachments, Caterpillar offers flywheels to couple to most commercial torque converters and hydraulic drives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Special Considerations&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the selection of any of the above methods of power transmission, several&lt;br /&gt;general areas must also be given special consideration to ensure a successful&lt;br /&gt;installation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Side Loading&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Excessive side loading is one of the most commonly encountered problems in the&lt;br /&gt;transmission of engine power.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is impossible to overemphasize the need for accurate evaluation of side load imposition on all types of power transmission devices.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For Caterpillar-supplied attachment power takeoffs, the Caterpillar Industrial Engine&lt;br /&gt;Price List LEKI8162 provides complete instructions and capacity data for side load&lt;br /&gt;evaluation.&lt;br /&gt;For power transmission devices supplied by others, the manufacturer must be consulted for a capability analysis of his equipment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overhung Power Transmission Equipment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Power transmission equipment, which is directly mounted to the engine flywheel housing, must be evaluated to ensure that the overhung weight is within the tolerable limits of the engine. If not, adequate additional support must be provided to avoid&lt;br /&gt;damage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CAUTION:&lt;/strong&gt; CERTAIN APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS AGRICULTURE MACHINES, DRILLS, OFF-HIGHWAY TRUCK, ETC., REQUIRE CONSIDERATION OF THE EFFECTS OF THE DYNAMIC BENDING&lt;br /&gt;MOMENT IMPOSED DURING NORMAL MACHINE MOVEMENT OR ABRUPT&lt;br /&gt;STARTING AND STOPPING.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The dynamic load limits and the maximum bending moment that can be tolerated by&lt;br /&gt;the flywheel housing can be obtained from your Caterpillar dealer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For determination of the bending moment of overhung power transmission equipment&lt;br /&gt;installations, see Figure 13.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEitDre__ttUUZosf3JG25d2LKT_hqPdD9_684bQuBmP2R757pBm3Tw_4VWzbhhMCGbBT0418lo8YCsBMRtCdKwE_2A18G8Wm-X9VyPFZACHny7goGq1ASLe1p9xlyIN2phEWjZDLnZEKnU9/s1600-h/13.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305551038152731970" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 286px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEitDre__ttUUZosf3JG25d2LKT_hqPdD9_684bQuBmP2R757pBm3Tw_4VWzbhhMCGbBT0418lo8YCsBMRtCdKwE_2A18G8Wm-X9VyPFZACHny7goGq1ASLe1p9xlyIN2phEWjZDLnZEKnU9/s400/13.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;To compensate for power transmission systems which create a high bending&lt;br /&gt;moment due to overhung load, a third mount is required. Proper design of the&lt;br /&gt;support is essential. Forces and deflections of all components of the mounting&lt;br /&gt;system must be resolved. If the third mount is in the form of a spring, with a vertical rate considerably lower than vertical rate of the rear engine support, the effect&lt;br /&gt;of the mount is in a proper direction to reduce bending forces on the flywheel&lt;br /&gt;housing due to downward gravity forces, but the overall effect may be minor at high&lt;br /&gt;gravity force levels. The use of supports with a vertical rate higher than the engine&lt;br /&gt;rear mount is not recommended since frame bending deflections can subject the&lt;br /&gt;engine power transmission equipment structure to high forces. Another precaution is to design the support so that it provides as little resistance as possible to engine roll.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This also helps to isolate the engine/transmission structure from mounting frame or base deflection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Wet Flywheel Housings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Certain types of power transmission equipment require a “wet” flywheel housing.&lt;br /&gt;Wet housing equipment requires that the flywheel housing be able to accommodate a degree of flooding by the fluid medium of the power transmission equipment. The standard Caterpillar Diesel Engine does not:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A.&lt;/strong&gt;Contain sufficient provisions for seal- ing in the area of the rear crankshaft&lt;br /&gt;seal to prevent the transfer of the power transmission fluid into the engine lubricating oil reservoir (pan).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;B.&lt;/strong&gt;Have the capability of evacuating the transmission fluid from the flywheel&lt;br /&gt;housing back to the transmission reservoir to prevent engine crankshaft seal flooding.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;COUPLINGS&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unless a belt, chain, or universal joint-type drive is taken directly from the output shaft of the engine-driven power transmission device, the use of some type of mechanical coupling device is recommended.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The coupling must be installed between the power transmission output shaft and&lt;br /&gt;the input drive shaft of the driven machine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On close-coupled driven equipment, the use of a coupling can be avoided if two basic&lt;br /&gt;criteria are met:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A.&lt;/strong&gt;Is the torsional compatibility of the driven machine compatible with the engine to the point that lack of a coupling will not cause either engine or driven machine problems?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;B.&lt;/strong&gt;Is the package base sufficiently rigid to avoid any distortion during operation?&lt;br /&gt;Does it contain sufficient alignment control features to successfully retain alignment during operation to preclude the need for the misalignment tolerance capability of a coupling?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Seldom can both of these questions be answered affirmatively.&lt;br /&gt;A large number of commercial coupling designs, are available to the package&lt;br /&gt;designer/installer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CAUTION:&lt;/strong&gt; THE COUPLING MUST BE TORSIONALLY COMPATIBLE.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Commercial couplings make use of resilient materials ranging from rubber and tough&lt;br /&gt;fabrics to springs and air-filled tubes and drums in order to absorb minor mechanical misalignment and relative movement between engine and load. It is important to&lt;br /&gt;have the best possible alignment and put a minimum load and reliance on the flexible&lt;br /&gt;coupling. Air clutches are not flexible couplings and imposing misalignment on them&lt;br /&gt;will cause damage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhngduiwcHKxb3VQFcEuIlvu61y1viVF4rP8sie5EeJUGdJ_RxfUPUm8K0VSnJmMGGiIpjEa8ox3xwKRC8aWPJR42zrlxB8r0Twu3K0z4sRGztut9W_akzoClprcOx6xXNE-z1iSwmkF0fq/s1600-h/14.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305551040359496722" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 377px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhngduiwcHKxb3VQFcEuIlvu61y1viVF4rP8sie5EeJUGdJ_RxfUPUm8K0VSnJmMGGiIpjEa8ox3xwKRC8aWPJR42zrlxB8r0Twu3K0z4sRGztut9W_akzoClprcOx6xXNE-z1iSwmkF0fq/s400/14.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;Four distinct characteristics must be taken into account in the selection of a suitable&lt;br /&gt;coupling:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A.&lt;/strong&gt; Misalignment Capability&lt;br /&gt;The coupling must be capable of compensating for any misalignment between the engine and equipment to prevent damage to the machine and/or diesel engine crankshaft and bearings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If single bearing equipment is used, the coupling must be torsionally and radially rigid to transmit the load and support the weight of the driven equipment input shaft.&lt;br /&gt;It must be flexible to compensate for angular misalignment&lt;br /&gt;due to:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;1-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Thermal growth differences between the diesel engine and driven equipment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;2-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Dimensional tolerances between the two units and dynamic conditions, such as torque reaction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;3-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Momentary misalignment due to shock or other transient conditions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;B. Stiffness&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;The coupling must be of proper torsional stiffness to prevent critical orders of torsional vibration from occurring within the operating speed range. For single-bearing driven equipment, a complete torsional analysis is necessary to ensure compatibility. For two-bearing driven equipment, a simpler type of analysis is adequate. A complete torsional vibration analysis can be obtained from your Caterpillar Engine supplier, as can mass-elastic data on the diesel engine to permit&lt;br /&gt;customer analysis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;C. Serviceability&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;When selecting a coupling, ease of installation and service is an important consideration. If spacers can be used to permit removal and installation of the coupling without disturbing the diesel engine driven machine alignment, time can be saved if service or replacement of the coupling is ever required.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When selecting a coupling, ensure that the design can withstand reasonable misalignment without materially decreasing the service life of the flexible elements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When coupling design demands extremely close alignment, one of the major purposes for using a coupling is defeated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;D. Coupling Selection&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;In any installation, the coupling should be the weakest part of the entire power train; the first part to fail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If failure does occur, the chance of damage to the diesel engine and driven machine is minimized. Safety measures must be considered to prevent major equipment damage should coupling failure occur. The use of a standard, commercially available coupling offers the benefit of parts avail- ability and reduced downtime in case of failure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AUXILIARY DRIVES&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Many applications have a requirement for auxiliary drive capability to power charging&lt;br /&gt;alternators, air compressors, hydraulic steering pumps, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Caterpillar offers, as price list attachments, various auxiliary drive options for all engine models. These attachments provide either mechanical gear or belt drive capability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gear Drives&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These drives are suitable for direct mounting of air compressors and hydraulic&lt;br /&gt;pumps for power assist steering, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Belt Drives&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Several options exist for belt driving various auxiliary attachments. Both of the following methods are available from Caterpillar:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A. Crankshaft Pulleys&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Additional stack-on pulleys can be added to the front of the crankshaft.&lt;br /&gt;The number of additional grooves which can be added depends on other belt-driven equipment such as cooling fans and charging alternators and the amount of total side load which will be imposed on the front of the crankshaft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;B. Gear Drive Pulleys&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;The gear drive auxiliary positions may be equipped with output pulleys.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhi-0gj5Ie0x8VcxS4dGYHBG91OvgZJOqLsd7gl1G_0zcj9vc6HjAi5uwJIEcRE0etGG5g-Nrf8jafrLKjIHBWn9IKI2azG6cvQZx1twr-RyFfn7FdG2G4wktrnXRQQ5k3DyPnOuE-eavEL/s1600-h/15.JPG"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305551039528561826" style="WIDTH: 375px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 327px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhi-0gj5Ie0x8VcxS4dGYHBG91OvgZJOqLsd7gl1G_0zcj9vc6HjAi5uwJIEcRE0etGG5g-Nrf8jafrLKjIHBWn9IKI2azG6cvQZx1twr-RyFfn7FdG2G4wktrnXRQQ5k3DyPnOuE-eavEL/s400/15.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/4854580682628901315/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/4854580682628901315?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="13 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/4854580682628901315" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/4854580682628901315" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/02/power-transmissions.html" rel="alternate" title="Power Transmissions" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirrqNpM19gXJDPpGYo_PgUbyEuuEc6BapAj-ux3rnb-Dd1VJd3ixq3vb0zPmsPt59kQhptWeAl0UBr7sSVvOtQLo7G6FP2ilSTDuSSOxfG1LqVAOVzVMmEI_oqqkDMshrqqwSRvDXtgtqH/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>13</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-1142419068686616278</id><published>2009-02-21T14:21:00.011+02:00</published><updated>2009-02-21T15:02:34.173+02:00</updated><title type="text">Engine Alignment</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Principles&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;To provide the necessary alignment between the diesel engine and all mechanically dri-ven components, an understanding of the types of misalignment and the methods of measurement is required.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Many crankshaft and bearing failures are the result of improper alignment of drive&lt;br /&gt;systems at the time of initial engine instal-lation. Misalignment always results in&lt;br /&gt;some type of vibration or stress loading.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CAUTION&lt;/strong&gt;: BEFORE MAKING ANY ATTEMPTS TO MEASURE RUN OUT OR&lt;br /&gt;ALIGNMENT, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL SURFACES TO BE MEASURED OR MATED BE COMPLETELY CLEAN AND FREE FROM GREASE, PAINT, OXIDA-TION, OR RUST AND DIRT — ALL OF WHICH CAN CAUSE INACCURATE MEA-SUREMENTS.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Common mistakes include failure to detect “run out” of rotating assemblies and paral-lel or angular misalignment of the engineand driven machine.&lt;br /&gt;The run out of a hub or flywheel can be measured by turning the part in question&lt;br /&gt;while measuring from any stationary point to the surface being checked. This can be&lt;br /&gt;done with a dial indicator. Note: Measure to the pilot surface being used, not to an&lt;br /&gt;adjacent surface, because surfaces not used for pilots normally are not machined&lt;br /&gt;as closely.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This check should be made first on the face of the wheel or hub, as illustrated in&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1. Whenever making a face check, make sure the shaft end play does not&lt;br /&gt;change as you rotate it. The crankshaft must be moved within the diesel engine to&lt;br /&gt;remove all end play and that position must be maintained throughout the alignment&lt;br /&gt;procedures.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjOviVic3JZID8TDpszaO_GBCo4N14Y8C_-UykcbefhgHZuX-tlpHkmbMlrPTxC2NoAiLcMNwp_GzEzkMjAzeXriTvU11-4FNqlhtSqgBvgjEYP3O5vXcjk7LMFZpt8tZK1RXBBASfHW_Uc/s1600-h/1+26.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305225197095563074" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 179px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjOviVic3JZID8TDpszaO_GBCo4N14Y8C_-UykcbefhgHZuX-tlpHkmbMlrPTxC2NoAiLcMNwp_GzEzkMjAzeXriTvU11-4FNqlhtSqgBvgjEYP3O5vXcjk7LMFZpt8tZK1RXBBASfHW_Uc/s400/1+26.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Checking Face Run Out&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While turning the wheel 360°, note any change in the dial indicator reading. Anychange is caused by face run out. Face run out may be caused by foreign&lt;br /&gt;material between a crankshaft flange and flywheel, uneven torquing or from machining variations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“Cocking” of the wheel being measured may cause indications of outside diameter&lt;br /&gt;run out in addition to face run out. For this reason the face run out is checked first.&lt;br /&gt;After the face run out has been eliminated, outside diameter run out can be checked.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This must also be done with a dial indicator.(See Figure 2.(&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjQzcOJ6Ue4Ozl3udQOMvaPoKFoXg3Rdtf1ilJTaTZnRD9iPX3aapJkSjMmltTRgltORg4vxHVkloHN1pZum8mu0_jHt_ZhHFW3vy-sy2Ghpqg7sEfV8a7xiAaqC1i8g6raWqEdEozXoVP0/s1600-h/2+27.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305225645130540498" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 206px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjQzcOJ6Ue4Ozl3udQOMvaPoKFoXg3Rdtf1ilJTaTZnRD9iPX3aapJkSjMmltTRgltORg4vxHVkloHN1pZum8mu0_jHt_ZhHFW3vy-sy2Ghpqg7sEfV8a7xiAaqC1i8g6raWqEdEozXoVP0/s400/2+27.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Checking Outside Diameter Run Out&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While turning the hub through 360°of rotation, check for any change in indicator reading. The indicator is held stationary and, if the reading changes, the outside&lt;br /&gt;diameter is off center.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After the flywheel or driving hub has been checked for run out, the same procedure&lt;br /&gt;should be followed on the driven side of the coupling.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After the run out of both the driving and driven sides of the coupling have been found within limits, the engine and load alignment can be checked. There are two kinds of misalignment: parallel and angular (bore and face). (See Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhbx3RYSVtvrFP8uHGVFDR9nAKgANfRfBXgyRU3jwjNKYsSjQP_k9lwk3r1OLoDfbPUoNq05-SQb_ZebyFqatLycBfVEQ_7Mt5RTwYV9Lo2MHTRNSm0lVO5-fuRkL-BPkdP9UCG5z4prE4p/s1600-h/3++28.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305225646124338386" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 160px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhbx3RYSVtvrFP8uHGVFDR9nAKgANfRfBXgyRU3jwjNKYsSjQP_k9lwk3r1OLoDfbPUoNq05-SQb_ZebyFqatLycBfVEQ_7Mt5RTwYV9Lo2MHTRNSm0lVO5-fuRkL-BPkdP9UCG5z4prE4p/s400/3++28.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Checking Parallel Alignment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Parallel misalignment can be detected by attaching a dial indicator, as shown in Figure 4, and observing the dial indicator readings at several points around the out-&lt;br /&gt;side diameter of the flywheel as the wheel holding the indicator is turned.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As a rule of thumb, the load shaft should indicate to be higher than the engine shaft&lt;br /&gt;because:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A-&lt;/strong&gt;Engine bearings have more clearance than most bearings on driven equipment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;B-&lt;/strong&gt;The flywheel or front drive rotates in a“drooped” position below the center-line of rotation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjOp78Qtn9oh7_X6_LtcKBS9vmibkcLqB721WEBgwF-7HffbjTxyI3FDJ58UocM6Lo_CrxEF8oicqAwfiBT7g1YX9NJjb4aPHfa4N-uA89LgdVT-wwe9Z7JM5AxlKhApknMdWjwA0FfIvhz/s1600-h/4+++29.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305225649211864114" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 201px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjOp78Qtn9oh7_X6_LtcKBS9vmibkcLqB721WEBgwF-7HffbjTxyI3FDJ58UocM6Lo_CrxEF8oicqAwfiBT7g1YX9NJjb4aPHfa4N-uA89LgdVT-wwe9Z7JM5AxlKhApknMdWjwA0FfIvhz/s400/4+++29.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;C-&lt;/strong&gt;The vertical thermal growth of the engine is usually more than that of the driven equipment. Engine main bearing clearance should be considered when adjusting for parallel alignment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; Both parts can be rotated together if desired. This would eliminate any out-of- roundness of the parts from showing up in the dial indicator reading. In most cases rubber driving elements must be removed or disconnected on one end during alignment since they can give false parallel readings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Checking Angular Alignment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Angular misalignment can be determined by measuring between the two parts to be&lt;br /&gt;joined. The measurement can be easily made with a feeler gauge, and it should be the same at four points around the hubs Figure 5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the coupling is installed, a dial indicator from one face to the other will indicate any angular misalignment. In either case, the readings will be influenced by how far from the center of rotation the measurement is made.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhdOUIQ01PJjkGt7WyYNwSNLUlLnaVdn3pOIxwOxZbS1mlIzvF-txTWBmSsaS7EHS2qg7SOvVDcE7UCCJBSiZ5hEUj3ZNORh9lvvb-HIJQY-yiiKBlIR0wsiY1M-vO-DrMwWRBBgHE1ysDD/s1600-h/5+30.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305225647168177618" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 222px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhdOUIQ01PJjkGt7WyYNwSNLUlLnaVdn3pOIxwOxZbS1mlIzvF-txTWBmSsaS7EHS2qg7SOvVDcE7UCCJBSiZ5hEUj3ZNORh9lvvb-HIJQY-yiiKBlIR0wsiY1M-vO-DrMwWRBBgHE1ysDD/s400/5+30.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; the face and bore alignment affect each other. Thus, the face alignment should be rechecked after the bore alignment and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After determining that the engine and load are in alignment, the crankshaft end play&lt;br /&gt;should be checked to see that bolting and coupling together does not cause end thrust.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Torque Reaction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The tendency of the engine to twist in the opposite direction of shaft rotation and the&lt;br /&gt;tendency of the driven machine to turn in the direction of shaft rotation is torque reaction. It naturally increases with load and may cause a torque vibration. This type of vibration will not be noticeable at idle but will be felt with load. This usually is caused by a change in alignment due to insufficient base strength allowing excessive base deflection under torque reaction load. This has the effect of introducing a side to side centerline offset which disappears when the engine is idled (unloaded)&lt;br /&gt;or stopped.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Belt and Chain Drives&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Belt and chain drives may also cause the engine or driven machine to shift or change&lt;br /&gt;position when a heavy load is applied.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Belts and chains may also cause PTO shaft or crankshaft deflection, which can cause bearing failures and shaft bending failures. The driving sprocket or pulley must always be mounted as close to the supporting bearing as possible. Side load limits must not be exceeded. Sometimes, due to heavy side load, it is necessary to provide additional support for the driving pulley or sprocket. This can be done by providing a separate shaft which is supported by a pillow block bearing on each side of the pulley or sprocket. This shaft can then be driven by the engine or clutch through an appropriate coupling.&lt;br /&gt;The size of the driving and driven sprockets or pulleys is also important. A larger pulley or sprocket will give a higher chain or belt speed. This allows more horsepower to be transmitted with less chain or belt tension.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If it is suspected that the engine or the driven machine is shifting under load, it can&lt;br /&gt;be checked by measuring from a fixed point with a dial indicator while loading and unloading the engine. Torque reactive vibrations or torque reactive misalignment&lt;br /&gt;will always occur under load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Couplings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;A coupling must be torsionally compatible with engine and driven load so that torsional vibration amplitudes are kept within acceptable limits. A mathematical study&lt;br /&gt;called a torsional vibration analysis should be done on any combination of engine drive-line-load for which successful experience doesn’t already exist. A coupling with the wrong torsional stiffness can cause serious damage to engine or driven equipment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All couplings have certain operating ranges of misalignment, and the manufacturers&lt;br /&gt;should be contacted for this information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some drives, such as U-joint couplings, have different operating angle limits for different speeds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As a general rule, the angle should be the same on each end of the shaft. (See Figure6.) The yokes must be properly aligned and sliding spline connections should move freely. If there is no angle at all, the bearings will brinell due to lack of movement.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhVZG5a2H0RrkULv5704V_wG2bH6XfX3MJowuFf-Eahb5Fy3bFTFL6_K4ryfLzJyUow0Fu_Hjf8C7jzMJiKoljpqtIWZZx_mcb-CGa_4-1eLbsF-A_rwXAkGG7_PGdmudZB9HENDKm4CG_5/s1600-h/6++31.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305225648021537442" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 143px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhVZG5a2H0RrkULv5704V_wG2bH6XfX3MJowuFf-Eahb5Fy3bFTFL6_K4ryfLzJyUow0Fu_Hjf8C7jzMJiKoljpqtIWZZx_mcb-CGa_4-1eLbsF-A_rwXAkGG7_PGdmudZB9HENDKm4CG_5/s400/6++31.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;General Considerations&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alignment methods will vary depending on the coupling method selected. On Caterpillar Diesel Engines either a flexible-type or rigid-type coupling is acceptable, depending on the specific installation characteristics and the results of the Torsional Analysis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CAUTION&lt;/strong&gt;: IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THEPACKAGE ALIGNMENT BE CARRIED OUT AND COMPLETED WITHIN THE PERMISSIBLE TOLERANCES OF THE DRIVEN EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alignment Instructions — Single-Bearing Driven Equipment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A. Flexible-Type Couplings — Flywheel&lt;br /&gt;Housing-Mounted Driven Equipment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1-Droop&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mount a dial indicator on the engine flywheel housing. Mark the engine flywheel housing. Mark the flywheel at points A, B, C, and D in 90°increments as shown in Figure 7. The indicator tip must contact the pilot diameter of the flywheel assembly. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the dial indicator in position (A), set the reading to zero. Place a pry bar under the flywheel assembly at position (C) and, by prying against a floor mounted support, raise the flywheel until it is stopped by the main bearings. (Caution: Do not pry against the flywheel housing.) Record the reading of the dial indicator. This is the amount of droop in the crankshaft, which results from engine bearing clearances and natural droop as a result of the overhung weight of the flywheel. The flywheel should be raised several times to get a “feel” for the bearing clearance to prevent excessive lift which means reverse bending of the crankshaft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjGLo2ZIK1N9QpXXaRtESMQMyd2THBQ7krSaLIK8OEmMhY2Q5_DBmprgXd4oHDpAeRY5jPXpk6cxoIY_wpsCmQZj9MK__jbdPDD3LWYPMEV22rkiUppLR-ET8yUuVVEXGhqJHiwnNs_wNl2/s1600-h/7++32.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305226729768629746" style="WIDTH: 371px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 336px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjGLo2ZIK1N9QpXXaRtESMQMyd2THBQ7krSaLIK8OEmMhY2Q5_DBmprgXd4oHDpAeRY5jPXpk6cxoIY_wpsCmQZj9MK__jbdPDD3LWYPMEV22rkiUppLR-ET8yUuVVEXGhqJHiwnNs_wNl2/s400/7++32.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2-Flywheel Concentricity&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Remove the pry bar and check to ensure that the dial indicator has returned to zero. If not, reset. Rotate the crankshaft, in the normal direction only, and record the Total Indicator Reading (TIR) when the flywheel positions (A), (B), (C), and (D) are at the top. (Refer to Page 58 for proper tolerances).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3-Crankshaft End Play&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ensure the crankshaft-flywheel assembly is completely to the rear- most position of the engine assembly. Reset the dial indicator to zero.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Relocate the pry bar and move crankshaft-flywheel assembly forward in the engine assembly. The dial indicator reading in this position is the crankshaft end play.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4-Flywheel Face Run Out&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Set the tip of the indicator on the face of the flywheel Figure 8. Position the crankshaft to the front of its end play and zero the indicator. Shift the crankshaft to the rear of its end play, and record the TIR. With the crankshaft to the rear of its end play, zero the indicator.&lt;br /&gt;Rotate the crankshaft and record the TIR when the flywheel positions (A), (B), (C), and (D) are at the top. Be sure to remove the crankshaft end play before recording these readings. Remove the flywheel housing access cover and place a pry bar between the rear face of the flywheel housing and the front face of the flywheel assembly. Move the crankshaft flywheel assembly to the rear of the engine to remove all end play.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh64yqghOEJ4BibIdXG2tP_RxclTqI1NBgMTzQMy0eRQOh7v-98IdJc89_FyTbU3OtESWSUj8OviEGkZRoOTOdG1zN4IE2gZYI7AZNc9Rua4coa2jxQSRNPvzyiC2hyQ2kNQKeolseAjK-J/s1600-h/8+33.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305229601405295426" style="WIDTH: 359px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 351px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh64yqghOEJ4BibIdXG2tP_RxclTqI1NBgMTzQMy0eRQOh7v-98IdJc89_FyTbU3OtESWSUj8OviEGkZRoOTOdG1zN4IE2gZYI7AZNc9Rua4coa2jxQSRNPvzyiC2hyQ2kNQKeolseAjK-J/s400/8+33.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5-Flywheel Housing Concentricity&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mount the dial indicator on the flywheel assembly with the tip located on the pilot bore of the flywheel housing and set the reading to zero.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of normal engine rotation and record the indicator readings at positions (A),(B), (C), and (D).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Subtract the droop dimension (Step 1) from the reading indicated at position (C) and subtract one-half the droop dimension from the reading indicated at positions (B)and (D) on the flywheel housing to determine the true concentricity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivF_74Hla6-sqzcOlp1Ie-5dpkNd1L2RtYMoPRnlNA0h3zRKxQSypC7I-ah5nDR50L0rDuO1b8glENvW1A6bON_Xmf2ey7312_6uileT0oerBaEj6CLc7crnkesT3xCAqRo8GB-UUKFrQN/s1600-h/9+34.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305229600647938562" style="WIDTH: 332px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 400px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEivF_74Hla6-sqzcOlp1Ie-5dpkNd1L2RtYMoPRnlNA0h3zRKxQSypC7I-ah5nDR50L0rDuO1b8glENvW1A6bON_Xmf2ey7312_6uileT0oerBaEj6CLc7crnkesT3xCAqRo8GB-UUKFrQN/s400/9+34.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6-Engine Mounting Face Depth&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the crankshaft-flywheel assembly moved to the frontmost position, place a straight edge across the mounting face of the flywheel housing, from position (A) to (C). With a scale measure the distance from the rear face of the flywheel housing to&lt;br /&gt;the coupling mounting face of the flywheel as shown in Figure 9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Repeat the same measurement with the straight edge located on positions (B) and (D).&lt;br /&gt;Steps 1 through 6 establish the engine tolerances. The following Steps, 7 and&lt;br /&gt;,8determine the driven equipment tolerances or refer to manufacturers specifications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7-Support the driven equipment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;input shaft until it is centered (all droop is removed).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;8- Driven Equipment Mounting FaceDepth&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the driven equipment mounting and driving flange or face centered, as described in Step 7, and the flexible coupling attached to the input shaft, the face depth can be measured. Place a straight edge across the surface of the front face of the coupling which mates to the flywheel assembly. With a scale measure the distance from the coupling mounting face to the mounting face of the driven equipment housing as shown in Figure 10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgcn8yds4fRmdJIKdWuttOwsP81fj-npp_9zBeVQVkUHr1ifBwKxb4jjgJFgf6y6elroEG9SrCYJKXIvj4iBsUpNVT3vnCuKP-k67R0zo0Lc1PJ3oCdzb3aGYV3b7qtPULtxjsLxy2Wj8pR/s1600-h/10++35.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305229600591263554" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 361px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgcn8yds4fRmdJIKdWuttOwsP81fj-npp_9zBeVQVkUHr1ifBwKxb4jjgJFgf6y6elroEG9SrCYJKXIvj4iBsUpNVT3vnCuKP-k67R0zo0Lc1PJ3oCdzb3aGYV3b7qtPULtxjsLxy2Wj8pR/s400/10++35.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;This dimension must equal the engine mounting face depth Step 6 less one-half of the crankshaft end play as described in Step 4. If not, it must be corrected by changing the adapting parts, or by shimming if the required correction is small. Shimming is usually the less desirable approach.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the engine and driven equipment tolerances known, proceed to mount the driven equipment to the engine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9-Support the driven machine&lt;/strong&gt; on a hoist and bring it into position with the engine.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;10-Align the driven equipment&lt;/strong&gt; housing mounting flange with the flywheel housing, using locating dowels if required. Install connecting bolts with sufficient torque to compress the lock washers, but not to final torque.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;11-Install the bolts&lt;/strong&gt; which secure the coupling to the flywheel and torque as recommended.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;12-Check crankshaft end play&lt;/strong&gt; to ensure that the proper relationship exists between the engine mounting face depth Step 6 and the driven equip- ment mounting face depth Step 8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Place a pry bar between the flywheel assembly and the flywheel housing.&lt;br /&gt;The crankshaft should move both for ward and backward within the engine&lt;br /&gt;and, in both positions, remain fixed when pressure on the pry bar is relaxed. Any tendency of the crankshaft to move when pry bar pressure is released indicates that the driven equipment and coupling assembly are imposing a horizontal force on the crankshaft, which will result in thrust bearing failure. If this condition exists, readjust the thickness of shims used between the driven equipment input shaft and the coupling as described in Step 8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;13-Determine quantity and thickness&lt;/strong&gt; of shims required between the driven equipment mounting pads and the base assembly; locate the shim packs and install driven equipment mounting bolts to the base assembly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE:&lt;/strong&gt; Always use metal shims. Tighten the bolts to one-half the torque recommendation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14-Loosen the bolts&lt;/strong&gt; holding the driven equipment housing to the flywheel housing until the lock washers move freely. Using a feeler gauge, check the clearance between the two housings to determine if the driven equipment is properly shimmed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Measurement should be made in four 90°increments in the vertical and horizontal planes. If the feeler gauge indicates any area where the clearance varies by more than 0.005 in (0.13mm),readjust the driven equipment housing position by changing the shims.&lt;br /&gt;There must be clearance at all points when making this check.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;15-With the proper number of shims&lt;/strong&gt; installed to align the driven equipment housing parallel to the flywheel housing, tighten the bolts securing the driven equipment housing to the flywheel housing sufficiently to compress the lock washers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;16-Torque the bolts&lt;/strong&gt; holding the driven equipment frame to the base assembly to one-half the recommended value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;17-Repeat Step 14.&lt;/strong&gt; If the feeler gauge measurements indicate that misalign-&lt;br /&gt;ment is still present, repeat operation described in Steps 14 through 17 until proper alignment is obtained.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;18-Retorque all coupling&lt;/strong&gt; and mounting bolts to the specified torque value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;B. Flexible-Type Couplings — Remote-Mounted Driven Equipment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1-Droop&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Mount a dial indicator on the engine flywheel housing. Mark the flywheel at points A, B, C, and D in 90°increments as shown in Figure 36. The indicator tip must contact the pilot diameter of the flywheel assembly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the dial indicator in position (A),set the reading to zero. Place a pry bar under the flywheel assembly at position (C) and, by prying against a floor mounted support, raise the flywheel until it is stopped by the main bearings. (Caution: Do not pry against the flywheel housing.) Record the reading of the dial indicator. This is the amount of droop in the crankshaft which results from engine bearing clearances and natural droop as a result of the overhung weight of the flywheel.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The flywheel should be raised several times to get a “feel” for the bearing clearance to prevent excessive lift which means reverse bending of the crankshaft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiU_GjOC7925L9sFYPHAYmEAuyZvzEyj-WjgP96Wt8QqQ89xm2ktlfTi3pGIZa80eBiD9uZQZgb52R2vlSbCdjUSisHRQB52zX8T9hiudbYSFzv1RM5CIa3hgk7OFKCwXLgSDRgPOTDXoWq/s1600-h/11+++36.JPG"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiU_GjOC7925L9sFYPHAYmEAuyZvzEyj-WjgP96Wt8QqQ89xm2ktlfTi3pGIZa80eBiD9uZQZgb52R2vlSbCdjUSisHRQB52zX8T9hiudbYSFzv1RM5CIa3hgk7OFKCwXLgSDRgPOTDXoWq/s1600-h/11+++36.JPG"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi99UGPpDOfhVpsACf3BiT-32RJLpKe5xXatiU4FvduElIn6lFyc-z8q56uCsgDahuKE_JYiaobUQHwlm7JTj1Pj1nOnXZ_MVjktxabL_2zb7EPXIiNgS-JTxfQMFLDBkJZpI1YRm1k7FWn/s1600-h/11+++36.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305231001544202562" style="WIDTH: 396px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 340px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi99UGPpDOfhVpsACf3BiT-32RJLpKe5xXatiU4FvduElIn6lFyc-z8q56uCsgDahuKE_JYiaobUQHwlm7JTj1Pj1nOnXZ_MVjktxabL_2zb7EPXIiNgS-JTxfQMFLDBkJZpI1YRm1k7FWn/s400/11+++36.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2-Flywheel Concentricity&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Remove the pry bar and check to ensure that the dial indicator has re- turned to zero; if it is not, reset. Rotate the crankshaft, in the normal direction only, and record the TIR when the flywheel positions (A), (B), (C),and (D) are at the top.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3-Crankshaft End Play&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ensure the crankshaft-flywheel assembly is completely to the rearmost position of the engine assembly. Reset the dial indicator to zero. Relocate the pry bar and move crankshaft-flywheel assembly forward in the engine assembly. The dial indicator reading in this position is the crankshaft end play.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4-Flywheel Face Run out&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Set the tip of the indicator on the face of the flywheel Figure 36. Position the crankshaft to the front of its end play and zero the indicator. Shift the crankshaft to the rear of its end play and record the TIR. With the crankshaft at the rear of its end play, zero the indicator. Rotate the crankshaft and record the TIR when the flywheel positions (A), (B), (C), and (D) are at the top. Remove all end play before recording each reading. Remove the flywheel housing access cover. Then place a pry bar between the rear face of the flywheel housing and the front of the flywheel assembly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Move the crankshaft-flywheel assembly to the rear of the engine, removing all end play.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5- Mounting&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The engine and the driven equipment should be mounted so that any necessary shimming is applied to the driven equipment. The centerline of the engine crankshaft should be lower than the centerline of the driven equipment by approximately 0.0065 in (0.165mm) to allow for thermal expansion of the engine. The value 0.0065 in(0.165mm)allowed for thermal expansion is for the engine only. If it is anticipated that thermal expansion will also affect the driven equipment centerline to mounting plane distance, that value must be subtracted from the engine thermal expansion value in order to establish the total engine centerline to driven equipment centerline distance. When measuring this value, the TIR will be 0.013in plus the droop as estab lished in Step 1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shim packs under all equipment should be 0.200 in (5 mm) minimum thickness to provide for later correc- tions which might require the removal of shims.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6-Coupling&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Attach the driven member of the coupling to the flywheel and tighten all bolts to the specified torque value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gear-type couplings, double sets of plate-type rubber block drives, and Cat viscous-damped couplings are the only ones that can be installed prior to making the alignment check. Most couplings are stiff enough to affect the bore alignment and give a false reading.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7-Angular Alignment&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mount a dial indicator to read between the driven equipment input flange and the flywheel face and measure angular misalignment. Adjust position of driven equipment until TIR is within 0.008 in.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;8-Linear Relationship&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mount dial indicator to the driven equipment side of the flexible coupling and indicate on the outside diameter of the flywheel side of the coupling. Zero the indicator at 12 o’clock and rotate the engine in its normal direction of rotation and check the total indicator reading at every 90°. Subtract the full“droop” from the bottom reading to give the corrected alignment reading.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The value of the top-to-bottom reading should be 0.008 in (0.20 mm) or less&lt;br /&gt;under operating temperature conditions, with the engine indicating low.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adjust all shims under the feet of the driven equipment the same amount&lt;br /&gt;to obtain this limit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The final value of the top-to-bottom alignment should include a factor for&lt;br /&gt;vertical thermal growth.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Subtract one-half the “droop” from the 3 o’clock and 9 o’clock reading. This&lt;br /&gt;should be 0.008 in (0.20 mm) or less.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shift the driven equipment on the mounts until this limit is obtained.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: the sum of the side “raw” reading should equal the bottom reading within&lt;br /&gt;0.002 in (0.051 mm). Otherwise the mounting of the dial indicator is too weak to support the indicator weight.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh7Vc1zEYpzeaA5t5HX5u_19rmijFAPylAP_Z266qZ3JEMalg22hqilaNsZsYKo-LEHMEDb44Ow7WHWM0Iau2YapgLn8PRcENrnPil1kCFkHAPSU-fNfnG51gWb1Rd5_FTMyqWTP-X_pT4v/s1600-h/12++37.JPG"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5305229609047776338" style="WIDTH: 399px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 297px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh7Vc1zEYpzeaA5t5HX5u_19rmijFAPylAP_Z266qZ3JEMalg22hqilaNsZsYKo-LEHMEDb44Ow7WHWM0Iau2YapgLn8PRcENrnPil1kCFkHAPSU-fNfnG51gWb1Rd5_FTMyqWTP-X_pT4v/s400/12++37.JPG" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9-The combined difference or readings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;at points B and D should not exceed a total of 0.008 in (0.20 mm). (SeeFigure 12).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;10-Crankshaft End Play&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The crankshaft end play must be rechecked to ensure that the driven equipment is not positioned in a manner which imposes a preload on the crankshaft thrust washers. (Refer to Step 4.) Place a pry bar between the flywheel assembly and the flywheel housing. The crankshaft should move both forward and backward within the engine and, in both positions, remain fixed when pressure on the pry bar is relaxed. Any tendency of the crankshaft to move when pry bar pressure is released indicates that the driven equipment assembly must be moved rearward on the base assembly or, if&lt;br /&gt;used, the number of shims between the input flange and the flexible coupling must be reduced.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tolerances and Torque Values&lt;br /&gt;Permissible alignment tolerances and torque values for Caterpillar standard mounting hardware are available from your Caterpillar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CAUTION:&lt;/strong&gt; DURING OPERATION, SHOULD A CHANGE IN THE VIBRATION&lt;br /&gt;OR SOUND LEVEL OCCUR, ALIGNMENT SHOULD BE RECONFIRMED. THIS IS PARTICULARLY TRUE FOR SEMIMOBILE INSTALLATIONS AND ON ANY FIXED INSTALLATIONS WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO INFREQUENT RELOCATION. ALIGNMENT SHOULD ALSO BE CHECKED ON A PERIODIC BASIS OR AT TIME OF MOVEMENT IF INSTAL- LATION IS ON A SUBBASE OR SKID- TYPE BASE. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/1142419068686616278/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/1142419068686616278?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="2 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/1142419068686616278" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/1142419068686616278" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/02/engine-alignment.html" rel="alternate" title="Engine Alignment" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjOviVic3JZID8TDpszaO_GBCo4N14Y8C_-UykcbefhgHZuX-tlpHkmbMlrPTxC2NoAiLcMNwp_GzEzkMjAzeXriTvU11-4FNqlhtSqgBvgjEYP3O5vXcjk7LMFZpt8tZK1RXBBASfHW_Uc/s72-c/1+26.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-2687563341326253266</id><published>2009-01-25T12:39:00.007+02:00</published><updated>2009-01-25T15:17:15.324+02:00</updated><title type="text">Angular Contact Thrust Ball Bearing</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;strong&gt;The angular contact thrust ball bearings&lt;/strong&gt; shown here were originally designed to support the rotary tables of drilling rigs but are also suitable for other applications where high load carrying capacity, high axial stiffness and low friction torque are important. In contrast to conventional thrust ball bearings, angular contact thrust ball bearings can accommodate radial loads in addition to axial loads and are able to operate at high speeds.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Single direction angular contact ball bearings (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;) are able to take up axial loads acting in one direction. They are of separable design, i.e. the washers and ball and cage assembly can be mounted individually. In the main application area for these bearings – rotary tables – two bearings are always adjusted against each other. The second bearing has to carry the weight of the drill when it is stationary and has a higher load load carrying capacity than the first bearing. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjAokXEkhnuH5M0Sh4lwsGBv_q1hd4nca8KJS0O21P436bZFVq8zABTMmjOTgMfG7BQZRXfhWhEciVnsiHEhxWC4n1UbogyOITUbnd_VerkC0XAfJaVsmb8qIAefqgLgqvO8uGkk1qATwOW/s1600-h/1400f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295179746708307906" style="WIDTH: 304px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 136px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjAokXEkhnuH5M0Sh4lwsGBv_q1hd4nca8KJS0O21P436bZFVq8zABTMmjOTgMfG7BQZRXfhWhEciVnsiHEhxWC4n1UbogyOITUbnd_VerkC0XAfJaVsmb8qIAefqgLgqvO8uGkk1qATwOW/s400/1400f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Double direction angular contact thrust ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;In bearings of the double direction design (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;), the upper bearing with the higher load carrying capacity and the smaller bearing which locates in the opposite direction are combined togther to form a unit. These bearings have low height and can accommodate axial loads acting in both directions as well as moment loads. A single bearing can therefore be used to support rotating machine components in relation to stationary components. These double direction bearings are also of separable design. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgHsJTLq0VrCm2QWEO7eLrt0pcXFI3oGC8yx2qdACZUK1TFx81ONRhj5oDjBd9w1im87pRJ5GHtkzaXX-Tn1N-swD7PoUj12CbAkA3Y2xK4bu_ZAIFdpV9LfzTdqgYlLaRu50lkPaqLGWA/s1600-h/1400f02.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295179999447805234" style="WIDTH: 303px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 143px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhgHsJTLq0VrCm2QWEO7eLrt0pcXFI3oGC8yx2qdACZUK1TFx81ONRhj5oDjBd9w1im87pRJ5GHtkzaXX-Tn1N-swD7PoUj12CbAkA3Y2xK4bu_ZAIFdpV9LfzTdqgYlLaRu50lkPaqLGWA/s400/1400f02.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Other angular contact thrust ball bearings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In addition to the angular contact thrust ball bearings described here, SKF also manufactures single direction bearings – screw support bearings (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhakIpabJBo1fxKI3_gu2dki3OlLELEswR21wbb8je6Wz3naawnpSJ8jMBJTwpkpIIjR-IOJb9S9UxGeK13zbaZQ-W4sQ3hJDxp9y66Jy7WlVNQuz-yIOBPv4UZvZFhQTr8UvPu_fv0aKg0/s1600-h/1400f03.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295215513858339234" style="WIDTH: 56px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 218px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhakIpabJBo1fxKI3_gu2dki3OlLELEswR21wbb8je6Wz3naawnpSJ8jMBJTwpkpIIjR-IOJb9S9UxGeK13zbaZQ-W4sQ3hJDxp9y66Jy7WlVNQuz-yIOBPv4UZvZFhQTr8UvPu_fv0aKg0/s400/1400f03.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;– and double direction precision bearings for the work spindles of machine tools (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 4&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiTR4KFOJwlba_auDHhb8fKNfcwBF_hyDylkMR-S7quSuxdqkfN_YZPcSO5QnYW8lGUq5xpMzschpUjVGVKKx-jsQNxxSM98eXwjffQuzSwR6uQ2n7dCu-9HwoVqzi9QzEnMJIahPgvtGu1/s1600-h/1400f04.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295215513839825906" style="WIDTH: 74px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 142px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiTR4KFOJwlba_auDHhb8fKNfcwBF_hyDylkMR-S7quSuxdqkfN_YZPcSO5QnYW8lGUq5xpMzschpUjVGVKKx-jsQNxxSM98eXwjffQuzSwR6uQ2n7dCu-9HwoVqzi9QzEnMJIahPgvtGu1/s400/1400f04.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;and&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt; fig 5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi8fXSN5AvcvqmKtfh7B7y896UjUXC1aGn3oEeU_bO6NgX9OGRESQxtKIRAr1Qo-GlA89e8BXEVlRpBzceuWUxYG75tCOWccCC5KaYm91ZuJ3hllE8jzNhhdyoL61Uv41BemCIOt0ev0rYP/s1600-h/2101f11a.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295215518085177682" style="WIDTH: 75px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 141px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi8fXSN5AvcvqmKtfh7B7y896UjUXC1aGn3oEeU_bO6NgX9OGRESQxtKIRAr1Qo-GlA89e8BXEVlRpBzceuWUxYG75tCOWccCC5KaYm91ZuJ3hllE8jzNhhdyoL61Uv41BemCIOt0ev0rYP/s400/2101f11a.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;These machine tool bearings are avialable with a contact angle of 60° for high stiffness, or where high speed capability is required, with a contact angle of 40° or 30°. Information about these precision bearings will be supplied on request. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Misalignment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Angular contact thrust ball bearings cannot tolerate any misalignment of the shaft with respect to the housing or any angular misalignment of the support surfaces on the shaft and in the housing.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cages&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Angular contact thrust ball bearings are produced either with a full complement of balls (without cage) or are fitted with machined brass cages (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 6&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;) which are centred on the shaft washer or the housing washer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjvgWQxjIQSO2gEEmhTBlrpmi68YAPV8-o5x8RaM1RAdmyjXZPZ9ts-fXiiFueLlico64_BqNTtbEwnK-bwvLFBZFnehdkd01O_ivR9eVK1JaFyVKxSqg2z9atMgPzqlBp9hsvJShWF5qnt/s1600-h/1400f05.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295218127665676866" style="WIDTH: 249px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 24px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjvgWQxjIQSO2gEEmhTBlrpmi68YAPV8-o5x8RaM1RAdmyjXZPZ9ts-fXiiFueLlico64_BqNTtbEwnK-bwvLFBZFnehdkd01O_ivR9eVK1JaFyVKxSqg2z9atMgPzqlBp9hsvJShWF5qnt/s400/1400f05.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 6&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minimum load&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When angular contact thrust ball bearings operate at high speeds, the centrifugal forces and gyratory moments acting on the balls may cause them to slide on the raceways. To prevent the damaging consequences of this, for example smearing, the bearing must always be subjected to a given axial load.&lt;br /&gt;The requisite minimum axial load to be applied to single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings can be obtained from&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:calculation("&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKkLQmZz02AeCSc576nngA8npCvzI1VG8tpN6kSAOYci9ApqVb_rUzcwgP6vJEejaqz_aab5wi2VVxdtiIVVXSYsaStafSj4SV330mdfkXvnTBu0Qj5w7ISPHP1QWY4S1vJRp9vinpLk8f/s1600-h/1_8_71.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295218558434173842" style="WIDTH: 108px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 45px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhKkLQmZz02AeCSc576nngA8npCvzI1VG8tpN6kSAOYci9ApqVb_rUzcwgP6vJEejaqz_aab5wi2VVxdtiIVVXSYsaStafSj4SV330mdfkXvnTBu0Qj5w7ISPHP1QWY4S1vJRp9vinpLk8f/s400/1_8_71.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;where&lt;br /&gt;Fam =minimum axial load, kN&lt;br /&gt;A= minimum load factor (see product tables)&lt;br /&gt;n = rotational speed, r/min&lt;br /&gt;When starting up at low temperatures or when the lubricant is highly viscous, even greater loads may be required. The weights of the components supported by the bearing, together with the external forces, generally exceed the requisite minimum load. The double direction angular contact ball bearings are preloaded by adjusting the two shaft washers against each other.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Equivalent dynamic bearing load&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;For single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:calculation("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;P = Fa &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;                         when Fa/Fr ≤ e&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:calculation("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;P = Fa + XFr &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;             when Fa/Fr &gt; e&lt;br /&gt;The values of factors e and X will be found in the product tables. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="left"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Equivalent static bearing load&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For single direction angular contact thrust ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:calculation("&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;P0 = Fa + X0Fr &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;The values of factor X0 will be found in the product tables. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/2687563341326253266/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/2687563341326253266?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="0 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/2687563341326253266" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/2687563341326253266" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/01/angular-contact-thrust-ball-bearing.html" rel="alternate" title="Angular Contact Thrust Ball Bearing" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjAokXEkhnuH5M0Sh4lwsGBv_q1hd4nca8KJS0O21P436bZFVq8zABTMmjOTgMfG7BQZRXfhWhEciVnsiHEhxWC4n1UbogyOITUbnd_VerkC0XAfJaVsmb8qIAefqgLgqvO8uGkk1qATwOW/s72-c/1400f01.gif" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-8130129125550985543</id><published>2009-01-25T12:08:00.006+02:00</published><updated>2009-01-25T12:27:46.261+02:00</updated><title type="text">Needle Roller Bearing</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Needle roller bearings&lt;/strong&gt; are roller bearings with cylindrical rollers which are thin and long in relation to their diameter. ISO uses the definition that the roller length is 2,5 times the roller diameter or more. They are referred to as needle rollers. In spite of their low cross section the bearings have a high load carrying capacity and are thus extremely suitable for bearing arrangements where radial space is limited.&lt;br /&gt;The SKF range of needle roller bearings is extensive and, in addition to customized designs, it comprises the following types:&lt;br /&gt;– Needle roller and cage assemblies &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhzC_p261rv76ETxeO2rzMqn9Tz-fs3zLI6fvdLmDDbxAt-NQw07nOoPqicVuk6nqaMNky-NS8NAiQlVzhFYEJ0VUFaC5RqWzX9UfZTTepXrtaqmp55o9C4KQ3-YZCy018dIfH-H1n4SHJJ/s1600-h/0701f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295171317046016386" style="WIDTH: 119px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 171px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhzC_p261rv76ETxeO2rzMqn9Tz-fs3zLI6fvdLmDDbxAt-NQw07nOoPqicVuk6nqaMNky-NS8NAiQlVzhFYEJ0VUFaC5RqWzX9UfZTTepXrtaqmp55o9C4KQ3-YZCy018dIfH-H1n4SHJJ/s400/0701f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;– Drawn cup needle roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;with open ends &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhADV-tS276gAIPslKG8t2sPwXrN5Inlw85BDFroi_IygnTt80xZ1ZX4HvyQaWFlI3pFYAkaMm2nGRWqw7pWmhmnf9A0NkdQnAoFP8U8NamccoYATCvIJ0L1cAXNzsq6FjnD0a5ef15gpmH/s1600-h/0702f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295171321287646082" style="WIDTH: 115px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 171px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhADV-tS276gAIPslKG8t2sPwXrN5Inlw85BDFroi_IygnTt80xZ1ZX4HvyQaWFlI3pFYAkaMm2nGRWqw7pWmhmnf9A0NkdQnAoFP8U8NamccoYATCvIJ0L1cAXNzsq6FjnD0a5ef15gpmH/s400/0702f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;and with closed end &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7xPH6yplNyxQ105TOKnOkDy-HU2N_g_iU0fLiAerRLFIJuMmCyXKKdjzBDCR3b0l9rXHw-LazQOWgNKYdwDwr3IjdzK_7LaT4mYg1NjKS_fIwppvUrZeYPp70EvQRpJzuqy9exUQMI8Xy/s1600-h/0702f02.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295171771036781890" style="WIDTH: 116px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 171px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7xPH6yplNyxQ105TOKnOkDy-HU2N_g_iU0fLiAerRLFIJuMmCyXKKdjzBDCR3b0l9rXHw-LazQOWgNKYdwDwr3IjdzK_7LaT4mYg1NjKS_fIwppvUrZeYPp70EvQRpJzuqy9exUQMI8Xy/s400/0702f02.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;– Needle roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;with and without flanges&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7rs-ABcLOruMMlGZ24k6CtTNK3CuyDgziqkJSWK3cNZ3fQ9RRZSsUcb4oXZrbrIZVfFUoL4Bic4ZPtSpOn0uCtk6-oiL4Dig0pDl0QY1eRu0EdrqeY6FoQX3KSx1wiVbXmEW4CEnoHPeg/s1600-h/0703f02.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295171324837727682" style="WIDTH: 96px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 170px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj7rs-ABcLOruMMlGZ24k6CtTNK3CuyDgziqkJSWK3cNZ3fQ9RRZSsUcb4oXZrbrIZVfFUoL4Bic4ZPtSpOn0uCtk6-oiL4Dig0pDl0QY1eRu0EdrqeY6FoQX3KSx1wiVbXmEW4CEnoHPeg/s400/0703f02.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;and without inner ring &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEie6NVXReowW9OaI3hLFiTBCAvlYYoLg956BmUqk-oKmrIZyhyphenhyphen3RtM1XCTK4QSPGcCN6jJ7jG28Vbu2AEe8gUpJLj-YrEEMoRW47q1PgtHULzRQBg6miPzve9haeMap6XVepXvgpuxKGBsf/s1600-h/0703f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295171324245201298" style="WIDTH: 97px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 171px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEie6NVXReowW9OaI3hLFiTBCAvlYYoLg956BmUqk-oKmrIZyhyphenhyphen3RtM1XCTK4QSPGcCN6jJ7jG28Vbu2AEe8gUpJLj-YrEEMoRW47q1PgtHULzRQBg6miPzve9haeMap6XVepXvgpuxKGBsf/s400/0703f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;– Sealed needle roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJvx7tEhQvnvfObGSTNFR1FjpUWHwftnusZSz37tj_mB65Ba51j6zHKBFXEXpWSNyGPqIRIxdLANi6pt739gZazQdvrMov7tElqzMjUEs9MMLp4IcQoaJN4NgzhH0nKvYPrRdENLGHDF0m/s1600-h/0703f05.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295172817389844018" style="WIDTH: 99px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 171px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjJvx7tEhQvnvfObGSTNFR1FjpUWHwftnusZSz37tj_mB65Ba51j6zHKBFXEXpWSNyGPqIRIxdLANi6pt739gZazQdvrMov7tElqzMjUEs9MMLp4IcQoaJN4NgzhH0nKvYPrRdENLGHDF0m/s400/0703f05.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;and without inner ring&lt;br /&gt;– Alignment needle roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;with &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi5FmRZakO-EZ8-CBLhTIsmqP25wxoCnaNcLZWLvPrOYbiWObTF9uzWfanRssk2Y_1R3ykoP4KC8cCowtpiRSiGNEzxwitmuFG-jZClm57DtthWqxfrc6qS4Bc5IKZfWuFpr4j9Rdx8PSaD/s1600-h/0705f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295172819799195858" style="WIDTH: 108px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 172px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi5FmRZakO-EZ8-CBLhTIsmqP25wxoCnaNcLZWLvPrOYbiWObTF9uzWfanRssk2Y_1R3ykoP4KC8cCowtpiRSiGNEzxwitmuFG-jZClm57DtthWqxfrc6qS4Bc5IKZfWuFpr4j9Rdx8PSaD/s400/0705f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;and without inner ring &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiffNUqkYcvd20VMHltIJc97oR6uLnz1dfMs4Cv7Ss2VcNeYKy0Sp0mpM-T04996AXretx_2gGkSc3yVgrmYfKNHFHRc-7RK3t27RQwEXTsU6iP0lUalYy15yqYGuRgOiyFrZfKU4MbVvOj/s1600-h/0705f02.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295172822143966962" style="WIDTH: 108px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 172px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiffNUqkYcvd20VMHltIJc97oR6uLnz1dfMs4Cv7Ss2VcNeYKy0Sp0mpM-T04996AXretx_2gGkSc3yVgrmYfKNHFHRc-7RK3t27RQwEXTsU6iP0lUalYy15yqYGuRgOiyFrZfKU4MbVvOj/s400/0705f02.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;– &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="http://localhost:8081/skfiec/iec_catalogue.jsp?maincatalogue=1&amp;amp;newlink=1_18_1&amp;amp;lang=en"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Combined needle roller bearings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*Needle roller/ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;*Needle roller/thrust ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;*Needle roller/cylindrical roller thrust bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Combined needle roller bearings consist of a radial needle roller bearing combined with a thrust bearing and are consequently able to take up both radial and axial loads. Combined needle roller bearings provide the means to produce locating bearing arrangements in a minimum of radial space. They are particularly useful where the axial loads are too heavy, speeds too high, or lubrication inadequate for simple thrust washers to be suitable, and other types of locating bearing take up too much room.&lt;br /&gt;Combined needle roller bearings are available in the following designs:&lt;br /&gt;– needle roller/angular contact ball bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEioc8pqvCk_RnGuuyT3yHW93iCEzZQHJ3pxV5mene2AwjEfApLsOzSPJPwVFbBJWL847-CEdXvqsV116iHRRij3AYnkfAzZUuq7VGI1P8ICQseSYYbJLp4J-L24sgoEIzB4KdikdjJYZzSk/s1600-h/0705f02.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295173848079762002" style="WIDTH: 145px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 170px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEioc8pqvCk_RnGuuyT3yHW93iCEzZQHJ3pxV5mene2AwjEfApLsOzSPJPwVFbBJWL847-CEdXvqsV116iHRRij3AYnkfAzZUuq7VGI1P8ICQseSYYbJLp4J-L24sgoEIzB4KdikdjJYZzSk/s400/0705f02.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;– needle roller/thrust ball bearings &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhMNFlvLUTkjhVfHCgDc-cDF7hNIZYXxVEu8dyJz5zwWVSqG4MuMhfhEs9GjmWQ79rr3kqeCImVomV5nDa-v9zYURATd4UUHHcP7gD1PQ1e0QVw4ebVss6EiGfzfoFjzlgaVon-vdu8HPz/s1600-h/1102f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295173854758162114" style="WIDTH: 172px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 170px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhMNFlvLUTkjhVfHCgDc-cDF7hNIZYXxVEu8dyJz5zwWVSqG4MuMhfhEs9GjmWQ79rr3kqeCImVomV5nDa-v9zYURATd4UUHHcP7gD1PQ1e0QVw4ebVss6EiGfzfoFjzlgaVon-vdu8HPz/s400/1102f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;– needle roller/cylindrical roller thrust bearings &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEics2slP54CpbWfAExdwz_Gwy8zkpSh-bt7Ay4IjSeEmOG-2FR5t2Z4yxsBFtRKocYXwldUmpO0-J_BuJ8ZUU2y8XB-EpBvGexw8cqEMNR82S4Gky1mIkx3WcEVDgDYE5RcQa4_Re7-7st3/s1600-h/1103f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295173851515905106" style="WIDTH: 138px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 170px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEics2slP54CpbWfAExdwz_Gwy8zkpSh-bt7Ay4IjSeEmOG-2FR5t2Z4yxsBFtRKocYXwldUmpO0-J_BuJ8ZUU2y8XB-EpBvGexw8cqEMNR82S4Gky1mIkx3WcEVDgDYE5RcQa4_Re7-7st3/s400/1103f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;–&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="http://localhost:8081/skfiec/iec_catalogue.jsp?maincatalogue=1&amp;amp;newlink=1_10_1&amp;amp;lang=en"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Needle roller thrust bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Needle roller thrust bearings can support heavy axial loads, are insensitive to shock loads and provide stiff bearing arrangements which require a minimum of axial space. They are single direction bearings and can only accommodate axial loads acting in one direction. Particularly compact bearing arrangements can be made, taking up no more space than a conventional thrust washer, if the faces of adjacent machine components can serve as raceways for a needle roller and cage thrust assembly. For applications where adjacent components cannot serve as raceways, the assemblies can also be combined with washers of various designs.&lt;br /&gt;Because of all the possible combinations, all bearing components must be ordered separately.&lt;br /&gt;–Inner rings for needle roller bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/8130129125550985543/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/8130129125550985543?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="2 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8130129125550985543" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/8130129125550985543" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/01/needle-roller-bearing.html" rel="alternate" title="Needle Roller Bearing" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhzC_p261rv76ETxeO2rzMqn9Tz-fs3zLI6fvdLmDDbxAt-NQw07nOoPqicVuk6nqaMNky-NS8NAiQlVzhFYEJ0VUFaC5RqWzX9UfZTTepXrtaqmp55o9C4KQ3-YZCy018dIfH-H1n4SHJJ/s72-c/0701f01.gif" width="72"/><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-5518685620139215905</id><published>2009-01-25T11:47:00.004+02:00</published><updated>2009-01-25T12:03:37.794+02:00</updated><title type="text">Taper Roller Bearing</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;Taper roller bearings are produced in many designs and sizes to match their many uses. These can be grouped as follows:&lt;br /&gt;–single row taper roller bearings (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 1&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;) &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjy0YQ6r-O2TcPmvruZ34eQJYYobby74r1ZKmAjyYynZ-Y1D6w4aIDSUG0zBHaENvdWI_D1LyljWUBrTrJVHqMpEUNnB2ul0NsOLHEiZ1Lcr0CMO1uZby5eOufh0PlV7TT28HXHleRVACq4/s1600-h/1000f01.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295166940065010274" style="WIDTH: 89px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 173px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjy0YQ6r-O2TcPmvruZ34eQJYYobby74r1ZKmAjyYynZ-Y1D6w4aIDSUG0zBHaENvdWI_D1LyljWUBrTrJVHqMpEUNnB2ul0NsOLHEiZ1Lcr0CMO1uZby5eOufh0PlV7TT28HXHleRVACq4/s400/1000f01.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;–paired single row taper roller bearings (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIoI4q8Cj1v6fGnrUHEN51eSbnflFicwvyAHeY4QlVTZVyvfvNoJ4R-Q3IWCIzc0o3bA2wDIhAdVUygqpfifFFBq91jneNceyAcBRBTlnuPgHa_nMfDmqWsxc0j9WrYSsJl9UAa53GokkN/s1600-h/1000f02.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295166944045672450" style="WIDTH: 132px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 174px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIoI4q8Cj1v6fGnrUHEN51eSbnflFicwvyAHeY4QlVTZVyvfvNoJ4R-Q3IWCIzc0o3bA2wDIhAdVUygqpfifFFBq91jneNceyAcBRBTlnuPgHa_nMfDmqWsxc0j9WrYSsJl9UAa53GokkN/s400/1000f02.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;–double row taper roller bearings (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 3&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;),&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjTGM_YA1x7EFwwhYw_M9TG_mrDdC5E-J0wyTILb-TkRY9Enalw2IdrxcuznlUKXd3-fEfiFvCmcQLonLYtNuzw-YxXaEVG7Z7IhBB-IGeBynYQn-gBH3POFzAAj3wRw2FRIotb09VtVgLq/s1600-h/1000f03.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295166943868362530" style="WIDTH: 120px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 171px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjTGM_YA1x7EFwwhYw_M9TG_mrDdC5E-J0wyTILb-TkRY9Enalw2IdrxcuznlUKXd3-fEfiFvCmcQLonLYtNuzw-YxXaEVG7Z7IhBB-IGeBynYQn-gBH3POFzAAj3wRw2FRIotb09VtVgLq/s400/1000f03.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;and&lt;br /&gt;–four-row taper roller bearings (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 4&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh0rcB6MYb-v6uw4uRaZN0hxK7V4jPyjSlg4V94B0SwTph9v7R2BTavZIqLPG4PqO6SgWdPkIr7bMdYO9A7-V_53EWPgUAg6jobX-uXnVsZ7g6apuGmsXxw6d9KmbjH5dbCxBYxj_UmBclW/s1600-h/1000f04.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295166944045468770" style="WIDTH: 183px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 171px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh0rcB6MYb-v6uw4uRaZN0hxK7V4jPyjSlg4V94B0SwTph9v7R2BTavZIqLPG4PqO6SgWdPkIr7bMdYO9A7-V_53EWPgUAg6jobX-uXnVsZ7g6apuGmsXxw6d9KmbjH5dbCxBYxj_UmBclW/s400/1000f04.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These are described in four separate sections under the appropriate headings.&lt;br /&gt;There are also sealed, greased and preadjusted units based on taper roller bearings, such as&lt;br /&gt;– hub bearing units for passenger cars (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIhR-rY3Vl_OtPrwWcb6MlL38neidrHU0dLJQaoL7t0wkprgmoBxZc_AdoQk_b-lbbMFNagE5uxMsDBWzK-YYyEf0dMtiXbujiUQlvYNPkW6T-1yJZtU_c_yzMqUL7OJ_XZ-D_4wT8c_6z/s1600-h/1000f05b.jpg"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295166944477365138" style="WIDTH: 307px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 350px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhIhR-rY3Vl_OtPrwWcb6MlL38neidrHU0dLJQaoL7t0wkprgmoBxZc_AdoQk_b-lbbMFNagE5uxMsDBWzK-YYyEf0dMtiXbujiUQlvYNPkW6T-1yJZtU_c_yzMqUL7OJ_XZ-D_4wT8c_6z/s400/1000f05b.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;– hub bearing units for trucks (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 6&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;),&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgT5eHtmqP4qvIjinO_7Pi8YSUj2akoSgU98D4zgSTLeYIJmMmxyY45NtlvbssW1uk3pEg9ETuThrl8bitdSz7B_bZFcY_lFVUZPItLv0ZKxJ_GY7yMTpJj1_f8VnFz-oz0tG8SDomv9m9r/s1600-h/2100f05a.jpg"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295167890311528530" style="WIDTH: 291px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 350px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgT5eHtmqP4qvIjinO_7Pi8YSUj2akoSgU98D4zgSTLeYIJmMmxyY45NtlvbssW1uk3pEg9ETuThrl8bitdSz7B_bZFcY_lFVUZPItLv0ZKxJ_GY7yMTpJj1_f8VnFz-oz0tG8SDomv9m9r/s400/2100f05a.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;and&lt;br /&gt;– tapered bearing units (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 7&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;) for railbound vehicles.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhbj00Mmv1Bkkk08cwEhbAAKeAoGOnbRsZouXV_dv9K4iL9F8akedeZ7JKFUHUNmAYiUszoQWmpRZmWiMxlB3kAjeoBLDRB_rNuKlwA9NZhPxS7L2febxl8SBOaVoTgPG3Tez9XLa8IGd0/s1600-h/2100f17a.jpg"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295167892147307634" style="WIDTH: 300px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 344px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhbj00Mmv1Bkkk08cwEhbAAKeAoGOnbRsZouXV_dv9K4iL9F8akedeZ7JKFUHUNmAYiUszoQWmpRZmWiMxlB3kAjeoBLDRB_rNuKlwA9NZhPxS7L2febxl8SBOaVoTgPG3Tez9XLa8IGd0/s400/2100f17a.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Design featuresTaper roller bearings have tapered inner and outer ring raceways between which tapered rollers are arranged. The projection lines of all the tapered surfaces meet at a common point on the bearing axis. Their design makes taper roller bearings particularly suitable for the accommodation of combined (radial and axial) loads. The axial load carrying capacity of the bearings is largely determined by the contact angle α (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 8&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;);&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgQsSCodb_h0soRQsnBsmzeZVZhy7eCc87mF19nEX6ayWqRN_WAgEUfwAsMqEQtXZ2Rr3oZuBaAFdFiSsSSte_DPGBrelP5_jd9pads-_jR0lh5ek7I0HWjHm_-YtaUjktNnHu8dU_Xp8RR/s1600-h/1000f08.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295167892171879154" style="WIDTH: 178px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 275px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgQsSCodb_h0soRQsnBsmzeZVZhy7eCc87mF19nEX6ayWqRN_WAgEUfwAsMqEQtXZ2Rr3oZuBaAFdFiSsSSte_DPGBrelP5_jd9pads-_jR0lh5ek7I0HWjHm_-YtaUjktNnHu8dU_Xp8RR/s400/1000f08.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;the larger α, the higher the axial load carrying capacity (&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a class="normallink" href="javascript:enlrge("&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;fig 9&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p align="center"&gt;&lt;a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgEX4B-I9_b40nfjx87gGRfUpiR7nxiUPikZr9ra3MEgSOX-zsQ2VbwxAC45QNkJH9dFnAE19cW2mDUvHDbAXWlUgYUq7YmWyOv-5dKl-Zj-9QzRSZgkx0udXEgALqPQLigcCpfQHlL2Edb/s1600-h/1000f09.gif"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;img id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5295167894356043586" style="WIDTH: 400px; CURSOR: hand; HEIGHT: 166px" alt="" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgEX4B-I9_b40nfjx87gGRfUpiR7nxiUPikZr9ra3MEgSOX-zsQ2VbwxAC45QNkJH9dFnAE19cW2mDUvHDbAXWlUgYUq7YmWyOv-5dKl-Zj-9QzRSZgkx0udXEgALqPQLigcCpfQHlL2Edb/s400/1000f09.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;font-size:130%;"&gt;An indication of the angle size is given by the calculation factor e; the larger the value of e, the larger the contact angle and the greater the suitability of the bearing for carrying axial loads.&lt;br /&gt;Taper roller bearings are generally separable, i.e. the cone, consisting of the inner ring with roller and cage assembly, can be mounted separately from the cup (outer ring).&lt;br /&gt;SKF taper roller bearings have the logarithmic contact profile that provides for optimum stress distribution over the roller/raceway contacts. The special design of the sliding surfaces of the guide flange and large roller ends considerably promotes lubricant film formation in the roller end/flange contacts. The resulting benefits include increased operational reliability and reduced sensitivity to misalignment.&lt;/span&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/5518685620139215905/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/5518685620139215905?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="2 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5518685620139215905" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5518685620139215905" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2009/01/tapered-roller-bearing.html" rel="alternate" title="Taper Roller Bearing" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjy0YQ6r-O2TcPmvruZ34eQJYYobby74r1ZKmAjyYynZ-Y1D6w4aIDSUG0zBHaENvdWI_D1LyljWUBrTrJVHqMpEUNnB2ul0NsOLHEiZ1Lcr0CMO1uZby5eOufh0PlV7TT28HXHleRVACq4/s72-c/1000f01.gif" width="72"/><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-4178631392998900452</id><published>2008-12-29T13:28:00.004+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-29T13:48:45.696+02:00</updated><title type="text">Demineralizers</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Purpose of Demineralizers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt;Dissolved impurities in power plant fluid systems generate corrosion problems and decrease&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; efficiency due to fouled heat transfer surfaces. Demineralization of the water is one of the most&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; practical and common methods available to remove these dissolved impurities.  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt;In the plant, demineralizers (also called ion-exchangers) are used to hold ion exchange resins and&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; transport water through them. Ion exchangers are generally classified into two groups: singlebed&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; ion exchangers and mixed-bed ion exchangers.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Demineralizers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt;A demineralizer is basically a cylindrical tank with connections at the top for water inlet and&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; resin addition, and connections at the bottom for the water outlet. The resin can usually be&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; changed through a connection at the bottom of the tank. The resin beads are kept in the&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; demineralizer by upper and lower retention elements, which are strainers with a mesh size&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; smaller then the resin beads. The water to be purified enters the top at a set flow rate and flows&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; down through the resin beads, where the flow path causes a physical filter effect as well as a&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; chemical ion exchange.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial; font-weight: bold;"&gt;Single-Bed Demineralizers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt;A single-bed demineralizer contains either cation or anion resin beads. In most cases, there are&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; two, single-bed ion exchangers in series; the first is a cation bed and the second is an anion bed.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; Impurities in plant water are replaced with hydrogen ions in the cation bed and hydroxyl ions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; in the anion bed. The hydrogen ions and the hydroxyl ions then combine to form pure water.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt;The Chemistry Handbook, Module 4, Principles of Water Treatment, addresses the chemistry of&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; demineralizers in more detail.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt;Figure 13 illustrates a single-bed demineralizer. When in use, water flows in through the inlet&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; to a distributor at the top of the tank. The water flows down through the resin bed and exits out&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; through the outlet. A support screen at the bottom prevents the resin from being forced out of&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: arial;"&gt; the demineralizer tank.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-family: arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgcxmGR-4hEMdD6KiamQ0lK792yi077-DvBAjLhfE1XdKGZB1Fmu0uuI4wvgeQjuXMXWtks84DVmyAqradLiREFBSTdZ7IGhS11VaqNZZdyp1NW9BhIJ2iYKxnPYNZD2ZeTieCMmSmnCtFd/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 224px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgcxmGR-4hEMdD6KiamQ0lK792yi077-DvBAjLhfE1XdKGZB1Fmu0uuI4wvgeQjuXMXWtks84DVmyAqradLiREFBSTdZ7IGhS11VaqNZZdyp1NW9BhIJ2iYKxnPYNZD2ZeTieCMmSmnCtFd/s400/2.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285173062610739442" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:100%;"&gt;Figure 13 Single-Bed Demineralizer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Single-Bed Regeneration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The regeneration of a single-bed ion exchanger is a three-step process. The first step is a backwash, in which water is pumped into the bottom of the ion exchanger and up through the resin. This fluffs the resin and washes out any entrained particles. The backwash water goes out through the normal inlet distributor piping at the top of the tank, but the valves are set to direct the stream to a drain so that the backwashed particles can be pumped to a container for waste disposal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The second step is the actual regeneration step, which uses an acid solution for cation units and caustic solution for anion units. The concentrated acid or caustic is diluted to approximately 10% with water by opening the dilution water valve, and is then introduced through a distribution system immediately above the resin bed. The regenerating solution flows through the resin and out the bottom of the tank to the waste drain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The final step is a rinsing process, which removes any excess regenerating solution. Water is pumped into the top of the tank, flows down through the resin bed and out at the bottom drain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To return the ion exchanger to service, the drain valve is closed, the outlet valve is opened, and the ion exchanger is ready for service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Single-bed demineralizers are usually regenerated "in place." The resins are not pumped out to another location for regeneration. The regeneration process is the same for cation beds and for anion beds; only the regenerating solution is different. It is important to realize that if the ion exchanger has been exposed to radioactive materials, the backwash, regeneration, and rinse solutions may be highly radioactive and must be treated as a radioactive waste.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Mixed-Bed Demineralizer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A mixed-bed demineralizer is a demineralizer in which the cation and anion resin beads are mixed together. In effect, it is equivalent to a number of two-step demineralizers in series. In a mixed-bed demineralizer, more impurities are replaced by hydrogen and hydroxyl ions, and the water that is produced is extremely pure. The conductivity of this water can often be less than 0.06 micromhos per centimeter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Mixed-Bed Regeneration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The mixed-bed demineralizer shown in Figure 14 is designed to be regenerated in place, but the process is more complicated than the regeneration of a single-bed ion exchanger. The steps in the regeneration are shown in Figure 14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 14a shows the mixed-bed ion exchanger in the operating, or on-line mode. Water enters through a distribution header at the top and exits through the line at the bottom of the vessel. Regeneration causes the effluent water to increase in electrical conductivity.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first regeneration step is backwash, as shown in Figure 14b. As in a single-bed unit,backwash water enters the vessel at the bottom and exits through the top to a drain. In addition to washing out entrained particles, the backwash water in a mixed-bed unit must also separate the resins into cation and anion beds. The anion resin has a lower specific gravity than the cation resin; therefore, as the water flows through the bed, the lighter anion resin beads float upward to the top. Thus, the mixed-bed becomes a split bed. The separation line between the anion bed at the top and the cation bed at the bottom is called the resin interface. Some resins can be separated only when they are in the depleted state; other resins separate in either the depleted form or the regenerated form.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The actual regeneration step is shown in Figure 14c. Dilution water is mixed with caustic solution and introduced at the top of the vessel, just above the anion bed. At the same time, dilution water is mixed with acid and introduced at the bottom of the vessel, below the cation bed. The flow rate of the caustic solution down to the resin interface is the same as the flow rate of the acid solution up to the resin interface. Both solutions are removed at the interface and dumped to a drain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtgoGuimKRCYZis_zAe29gJha-9p2d7DMcmeaxMS3YkzeFMGk7GEZO4jGqVTCtPlR5TJTFCsI8bxkStsyAB-iwfOzvR_ASp8scfiMKek_zWAInnLT-tF0_8TL1LzjyZbGY1sJDjdevMdiL/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 367px; height: 400px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtgoGuimKRCYZis_zAe29gJha-9p2d7DMcmeaxMS3YkzeFMGk7GEZO4jGqVTCtPlR5TJTFCsI8bxkStsyAB-iwfOzvR_ASp8scfiMKek_zWAInnLT-tF0_8TL1LzjyZbGY1sJDjdevMdiL/s400/3.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285173942893865282" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:100%;"&gt;Figure 14 Regeneration of a Mixed-Bed Demineralizer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;During the regeneration step, it is important to maintain the cation and anion resins at their  proper volume. If this is not done, the resin interface will not occur at the proper place in the vessel, and some resin will be exposed to the wrong regenerating solution. It is also important to realize that if the ion exchanger has been involved with radioactive materials, both the backwash and the regenerating solutions may be highly radioactive and must be treated as liquid radioactive waste.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The next step is the slow rinse step, shown in Figure 14d, in which the flow of dilution water is continued, but the caustic and acid supplies are cut off. During this two-direction rinse, the last of the regenerating solutions are flushed out of the two beds and into the interface drain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rinsing from two directions at equal flow rates keeps the caustic solution from flowing down into the cation resin and depleting it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the vent and partial drain step, illustrated in Figure 14e, the drain valve is opened, and some of the water is drained out of the vessel so that there will be space for the air that is needed to re-mix the resins. In the air mix step, (Figure 14f) air is usually supplied by a blower, which  forces air in through the line entering the bottom of the ion exchanger. The air mixes the resin beads and then leaves through the vent in the top of the vessel. When the resin is mixed, it is dropped into position by slowly draining the water out of the interface drain while the air mix continues.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the final rinse step, shown in Figure 14g, the air is turned off and the vessel is refilled with water that is pumped in through the top. The resin is rinsed by running water through the vessel from top to bottom and out the drain, until a low conductivity reading indicates that the ion exchanger is ready to return to service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;External Regeneration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some mixed-bed demineralizers are designed to be regenerated externally, with the resins being  removed from the vessel, regenerated, and then replaced. With this type of demineralizer, the first step is to sluice the mixed bed with water (sometimes assisted by air pressure) to a cation tank in a regeneration facility. The resins are backwashed in this tank to remove suspended solids and to separate the resins. The anion resins are then sluiced to an anion tank. The two batches of separated resins are regenerated by the same techniques used for single-bed ion exchangers. They are then sluiced into a holding tank where air is used to remix them. The mixed, regenerated, resins are then sluiced back to the demineralizer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;External regeneration is typically used for groups of condensate demineralizers. Having one central regeneration facility reduces the complexity and cost of installing several demineralizers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;External regeneration also allows keeping a spare bed of resins in a holding tank. Then, when a demineralizer needs to be regenerated, it is out of service only for the time required to sluice out the depleted bed and sluice a fresh bed in from the holding tank. A central regeneration facility may also include an ultrasonic cleaner that can remove the tightly adherent coating of dirt or iron oxide that often forms on resin beads. This ultrasonic cleaning reduces the need for chemical regeneration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Demineralizers Summary&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;  Demineralization of water is one of the most practical and common methods used to remove dissolved contaminates. Dissolved impurities in power plant fluid systems can generate corrosion problems and decrease efficiency due to fouled heat transfer surfaces. Demineralizers (also called ion-exchangers) are used to hold ion exchange resins and transport water through them. Ion exchangers are generally classified&lt;br /&gt;into two groups: single-bed ion exchangers and mixed-bed ion exchangers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  A demineralizer is basically a cylindrical tank with connections at the  top for water inlet and resin addition, and connections at the bottom for the water outlet. The resin can usually be changed out through a connection at the bottom of the tank. The resin beads are kept in the demineralizer by upper and lower retention elements, which are strainers with a mesh size smaller then the resin beads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  The water to be purified enters the top at a set flow rate, flows down through the resin beads where the flow path causes a physical filter effect as well as a chemical ion exchange. The chemistry of the resin exchange is explained in detail in the Chemistry Fundamentals Handbook.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  There are two types of demineralizers, single-bed and mixed-bed.&lt;br /&gt; Single-bed demineralizers have resin of either cation or anion exchange sites. Mixed-bed demineralizers contain both anion and cation resin.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  All demineralizers will eventually be exhausted from use. To regenerate the resin and increase the demineralizer's efficiency, the demineralizers are regenerated. The regeneration process is slightly different for a mixed-bed demineralizer compared to the single-bed demineralizer. Both methods were explained in this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/4178631392998900452/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/4178631392998900452?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="3 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/4178631392998900452" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/4178631392998900452" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/demineralizers.html" rel="alternate" title="Demineralizers" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgcxmGR-4hEMdD6KiamQ0lK792yi077-DvBAjLhfE1XdKGZB1Fmu0uuI4wvgeQjuXMXWtks84DVmyAqradLiREFBSTdZ7IGhS11VaqNZZdyp1NW9BhIJ2iYKxnPYNZD2ZeTieCMmSmnCtFd/s72-c/2.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-1371745313582781542</id><published>2008-12-29T13:08:00.003+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-29T13:21:48.979+02:00</updated><title type="text">Boilers</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-family: arial;font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Introduction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The primary function of a boiler is to produce steam at a given pressure and temperature. To accomplish this, the boiler serves as a furnace where air is mixed with fuel in a controlled combustion process to release large quantities of heat. The pressure-tight construction of a boiler provides a means to absorb the heat from the combustion and transfer this heat to raise water to a temperature such that the steam produced is of sufficient temperature and quality (moisture content) for steam loads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Boilers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Two distinct heat sources used for boilers are electric probes and burned fuel (oil, coal, etc.)This chapter will use fuel boilers to illustrate the typical design of boilers. Refer to Figure 9 during the following discussion.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;         The boiler has an enclosed space where the fuel combustion takes place, usually referred to as the furnace or combustion chamber. Air is supplied to combine with the fuel, resulting in combustion. The heat of combustion is absorbed by the water in the risers or circulating tubes. The density difference between hot and cold water is the driving force to circulate the water back to the steam drum. Eventually the water will absorb sufficient heat to produce steam.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Steam leaves the steam drum via a baffle, which causes any water droplets  being carried by the steam to drop out and drain back to the steam drum. If superheated steam is required, the steam may then travel through a superheater. The hot combustion gasses from the furnace will heat the steam through the superheater's thin tube walls. The steam then goes to the steam supply system and the various steam loads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Some boilers have economizers to improve cycle efficiency by preheating inlet feedwater to the boiler. The economizer uses heat from the boiler exhaust gasses to raise the temperature of the inlet feedwater.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-family: arial;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEij-fxxi2jgiIq23MFa-Y9DTz43QdIlWztC_Hp3gIKcAY2wFgUF3pE3XeV815zPKT8gakP9MEY5oEzTZGgfQdj6LaFi4QGcAbVL0Xr4AT6rI08rDMk89xrxutZBi_ce631OB-3ZmSXtolGL/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 349px; height: 400px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEij-fxxi2jgiIq23MFa-Y9DTz43QdIlWztC_Hp3gIKcAY2wFgUF3pE3XeV815zPKT8gakP9MEY5oEzTZGgfQdj6LaFi4QGcAbVL0Xr4AT6rI08rDMk89xrxutZBi_ce631OB-3ZmSXtolGL/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285168197133449602" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:100%;"&gt;Figure 9 Typical Fuel Boiler&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Fuel Boiler Components&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 9 illustrates a typical fuel boiler. Some of the components are explained below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Steam drum &lt;/span&gt;- The steam drum separates the steam from the heated water. The&lt;br /&gt;water droplets fall to the bottom of the tank to be cycled again, and the steam leaves the drum and enters the steam system. Feedwater enters at the bottom of the drum to start the heating cycle.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Downcomers &lt;/span&gt;- Downcomers are the pipes in which the water from the steam drum travels in order to reach the bottom of the boiler where the water can enter the distribution headers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Distribution headers &lt;/span&gt;- The distribution headers are large pipe headers that carry the water from the downcomers to the risers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Risers &lt;/span&gt;- The piping or tubes that form the combustion chamber enclosure are called risers. Water and steam run through these to be heated. The term risers refers to the fact that the water flow direction is from the bottom to the top of the boiler. From the&lt;br /&gt;risers, the water and steam enter the steam drum and the cycle starts again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Combustion chamber &lt;/span&gt;- Located at the bottom of a boiler, the combustion chamber is where the air and fuel mix and burn. It is lined with the risers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Boilers Summary&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;*Boilers are vessels that allow water in contained piping to be heated to steam by a heat source internal to the vessel. The water is heated to the boiling point. The resulting steam separates, and the water is heated again. Some boilers use the heat from combustion off-gasses to further heat the steam (superheat) and/or to preheat the feedwater.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;*The following components were discussed:&lt;br /&gt;The steam drum is where the steam is separated from the heated water.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Downcomers are the pipes in which the water from the steam drum travels to reach the bottom of the boiler.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Distribution headers are large pipe headers that carry the water from th  downcomers to the risers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Risers are the piping or tubes that form the combustion chamber enclosure. Water and steam run through the risers to be heated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The combustion chamber is located at the bottom of the boiler and is where the air and fuel mix and burn.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/1371745313582781542/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/1371745313582781542?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="12 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/1371745313582781542" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/1371745313582781542" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/boilers.html" rel="alternate" title="Boilers" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEij-fxxi2jgiIq23MFa-Y9DTz43QdIlWztC_Hp3gIKcAY2wFgUF3pE3XeV815zPKT8gakP9MEY5oEzTZGgfQdj6LaFi4QGcAbVL0Xr4AT6rI08rDMk89xrxutZBi_ce631OB-3ZmSXtolGL/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>12</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-6263516210564660588</id><published>2008-12-29T10:06:00.011+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-29T10:37:50.075+02:00</updated><title type="text">CLASSIFICATION OF ROLLING-ELEMENT BEARINGS</title><content type="html">&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;CLASSIFICATION OF ROLLING-ELEMENT BEARINGS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;Ball bearings can operate at higher speed in comparison to roller bearings &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;because they have lower friction. In particular, the balls have less viscous&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;resistance when rolling through oil or grease. However, ball bearings have&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;lower load capacity compared with roller bearings because of the high contact&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;pressure of point contact. There are about 50 types of ball bearings listed in&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;manufacturer catalogues. Each one has been designed for specific applications&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;and has its unique characteristics. The following is a description of the most&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;common types.&lt;/span&gt;  &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.1 Ball Bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;font-family:arial;" &gt;12.2.1.1 Deep-Groove Ball Bearing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;The deep-groove ball bearing (Fig. 12-2) is the most common type, since it can be&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;used for relatively high radial loads. Deep-groove radial ball bearings are the&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;most widely used bearings in industry, and their market share is about 80% of&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;industrial rolling-element bearings. Owing to the deep groove in the raceways,&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-family:arial;"&gt;they can support considerable thrust loads (in the axial direction of the shaft) in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgTL35S7s7Y5iYt5bLX2etK-jDiG9pzGUlDVWW4Dtp_NE9-TVU-o9NX3Sy_PMtWCagUSfphKrHkD1WUxchnSvx_vQVKs-j82K3TZLt36PeqpB_zHOOj-jjPZexYZDp362vSDrCbHuse8imd/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 254px; height: 335px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgTL35S7s7Y5iYt5bLX2etK-jDiG9pzGUlDVWW4Dtp_NE9-TVU-o9NX3Sy_PMtWCagUSfphKrHkD1WUxchnSvx_vQVKs-j82K3TZLt36PeqpB_zHOOj-jjPZexYZDp362vSDrCbHuse8imd/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285120899041979826" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;addition to radial loads. A deep-groove bearing can support a thrust load of about&lt;br /&gt;70% of its radial load. The radial and axial load capacity increases with the bearing size and number of balls.&lt;br /&gt;          For maximum load capacity, a filling-notch type of bearing can be used that has a larger number of balls than the standard bearing. In this design, there is a notch on one shoulder of the race. The circular notch makes it possible to insert more balls into the deep groove between the two races. The maximum number of balls can be inserted if the outer ring is split. However, in that case, external means must be provided to hold and tighten the two ring halves together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.1.2 Self-Aligning Ball Bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is very important to compensate for angular machining and assembly errors between the centerlines of the bearing and the shaft. The elastic deflection of the   shaft is an additional cause of misalignment. In the case of a regular deep-groove ball bearing, the misalignment causes a bending moment in the bearing and additional severe contact stresses between the balls and races. However, in the self-aligning bearing (Fig. 12-3), the spherical shape of the outer race allows an additional angular degree of freedom (similar to that of a universal joint) that prevents the transfer of any bending moment to the bearing and prevents any additional contact stresses.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           Self-aligning ball bearings have two rows of balls, and the outer ring has a common spherical raceway that allows for the self-aligning characteristic. The&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhBNzhOxsN7uy6pC9ZaGe05EMPLoVH0uL9fSP_pTNb-cBzgiTMVIaUqCpjOIM5oYcebR2SJTzL-BVxhhNKcNdpmbTcFxNkl7ujkme4VOA8JxuPTkzxG2keOmC2dC3hbCidCCx3MJaoIKMZa/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 246px; height: 349px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhBNzhOxsN7uy6pC9ZaGe05EMPLoVH0uL9fSP_pTNb-cBzgiTMVIaUqCpjOIM5oYcebR2SJTzL-BVxhhNKcNdpmbTcFxNkl7ujkme4VOA8JxuPTkzxG2keOmC2dC3hbCidCCx3MJaoIKMZa/s400/2.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285122078773919746" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;inner ring is designed with two restraining ribs (also known as lips), one at each&lt;br /&gt;side of the roller element, for accurately locating the rolling elements’ path on the&lt;br /&gt;inner raceway. But the outside ring has no ribs, in order to allow for selfalignment.&lt;br /&gt;A wide spherical outer race allows for a higher degree of selfalignment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      Self-aligning ball bearings are widely used in applications where misalignment&lt;br /&gt;is expected due to the bending of the shaft, errors in the manufacture of the shaft, or mounting errors. The design engineer must keep in mind that there are  always      tolerances due to manufacturing errors. Self-aligning bearings can be  applied for radial loads combined with moderate thrust loads. The feature that self-aligning bearings do not exert any bending moment on the shaft is particularly important in applications that require high precision (low radial run-out) at high speeds, because shaft bending causes imbalance and vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       The concept of self-alignment is useful in all types of bearings, including sleeve&lt;br /&gt;bearings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.1.3 Double-Row Deep-Groove Ball Bearing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This bearing type (Fig. 12-4) is used for relatively high radial loads. It is more           sensitive to misalignment errors than the single row and should be used only for&lt;br /&gt;applications where minimal misalignment is expected. Otherwise, a self-alignment&lt;br /&gt;bearing should be selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      The design of double-row ball bearings is similar to that of single-row ball&lt;br /&gt;bearings. Since double-row ball bearings are wider and have two rows, they can&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhcIYx5kUrkP9DTxHPB80d2zv6RhxJKaCJds5Yzy6Gfb4eCxeUk0CXx-EW-6PrXOD3qXAL03lFOVfypxi3ILksd8J5Dmqe62qvubua5HeLhP9SO1_age6NlkZMpnfOoQK8CkLbGgP9NkVxl/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 332px; height: 322px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhcIYx5kUrkP9DTxHPB80d2zv6RhxJKaCJds5Yzy6Gfb4eCxeUk0CXx-EW-6PrXOD3qXAL03lFOVfypxi3ILksd8J5Dmqe62qvubua5HeLhP9SO1_age6NlkZMpnfOoQK8CkLbGgP9NkVxl/s400/3.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285122600090713234" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;carry higher radial loads. Unlike the deep-groove bearing, designs of split rings (for the maximum number of balls) are not used, and each ring is made from one  piece. However, double-row bearings include groups with larger diameters and a larger number of balls to further improve the load capacity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.1.4 Angular Contact Ball Bearing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This bearing type (Fig. 12-5) is used to support radial and thrust loads. Contact angles of up to 40  (from the radial direction) are available from some bearing manufacturers, but 15  and 25  are the more standard contact angles. The contact&lt;br /&gt;angle determines the ratio of the thrust to radial load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       Angular contact bearings are widely used for adjustable arrangements, where they are mounted in pairs against each other and preloaded. In this way, clearances in the bearings are eliminated or even preload is introduced in the rolling contacts. This is often done to stiffen the bearings for a rigid support of the  shaft. This is important for reducing the amplitude of shaft vibrations under oscillating forces. This type of design has significant advantages whenever precision is required (e.g., in machine tools), and it reduces vibrations due to imbalance. This is particularly important in high-speed applications. An adjustable arrangement is also possible in tapered bearings; however, angular contact ball bearings have lower friction than do tapered bearings. However, the friction of angular contact ball bearings is somewhat higher than that of radial ball bearings. Angular contact ball bearings are the preferred choice in many important applications, such as high-speed turbines, including jet engines.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgGFPNCuWDf-ea_g-jZ9vBc7YSJwX7U7piUF1MhA2h0o0RP_yEnM2GGFekUOgR_y9QexFC2xXVp36u6DDRVRC461dPk0DU-8HIfYnCLiBDH6v8ZSr9k0prO0Nj-l9d9ax8NyLehq64dnD96/s1600-h/4.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 278px; height: 321px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgGFPNCuWDf-ea_g-jZ9vBc7YSJwX7U7piUF1MhA2h0o0RP_yEnM2GGFekUOgR_y9QexFC2xXVp36u6DDRVRC461dPk0DU-8HIfYnCLiBDH6v8ZSr9k0prO0Nj-l9d9ax8NyLehq64dnD96/s400/4.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285122930384497458" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;          Single-row angular contact ball bearings can carry considerable radial loads&lt;br /&gt;combined with thrust loads in one direction. Prefabricated mountings of two or more single-row angular contact ball bearings are widely used for two-directional  thrust loads. Two bearings in series can be used for heavy unidirectional thrust loads, where two single-row angular contact ball bearings share the thrust load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Precise axial internal clearance and high-quality surface finish are required to&lt;br /&gt;secure load sharing of the two bearings in series. The bearing arrangement of two or more angular contact bearings facing the same direction is referred to as tandem arrangement. The bearings are mounted adjacent to each other to increase the thrust load carrying capacity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.2 Roller Bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Roller bearings have a theoretical line contact between the unloaded cylindrical        rollers and races. This is in comparison to ball bearings, which have only a theoretical point contact with the raceways. Under load, there is elastic deformation, and line contact results in a larger contact area than that of a point contact in ball bearings. Therefore, roller bearings can support higher radial loads. At the same time, the friction force and friction-energy losses are higher for a line contact; therefore, roller bearings are usually not used for high-speed applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Roller bearings&lt;/span&gt; can be &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;classified&lt;/span&gt; into &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;four&lt;/span&gt; categories: &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;cylindrical roller&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;bearings&lt;/span&gt;,&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; tapered roller bearings, needle roller bearings &lt;/span&gt;and&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; spherical roller&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;bearings.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.2.1 Cylindrical Roller Bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cylindrical roller bearing (Fig. 12-6) is used in applications where high radial load is present without any thrust load. Various types of cylindrical roller bearings are manufactured and applied in machinery. In certain applications where diameter space is limited, these bearings are mounted directly on the shaft, which serves as the inner race. For direct mounting, the shaft must be hardened to high Rockwell hardness, similar to that of the bearing race. For direct mounting, the radial load must be high in order to prevent slipping between the rollers and the shaft during the start-up. It is important to keep in mind that cylindrical roller bearings cannot support considerable thrust loads. Thus, for applications where both radial and thrust loading are present, it is preferable to use ball bearings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.2.2 Tapered Roller Bearing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The tapered roller bearing is used in applications where a high thrust load is present that can be combined with a radial load. The bearing is shown in Fig. 12-7. The races of inner and outer rings have a conical shape, and the rolling elements between them have a conical shape as well. In order to have a rolling motion, the contact lines formed by each of the various tapered roller elements&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg6QP3iCdOoWG5SexzxIBRq05UhXqE4hJKvv5frNFZ1ClwDLQZv4IMNgP0yOtZaNv6bXsxpvRI4gyD523eSN0L31aKW21WITGbTKSa7hUnFbfyQ7-f_syNw39tJL4aHTBUWaBEcS09m1-HU/s1600-h/5.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 267px; height: 353px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg6QP3iCdOoWG5SexzxIBRq05UhXqE4hJKvv5frNFZ1ClwDLQZv4IMNgP0yOtZaNv6bXsxpvRI4gyD523eSN0L31aKW21WITGbTKSa7hUnFbfyQ7-f_syNw39tJL4aHTBUWaBEcS09m1-HU/s400/5.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285123470702667042" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;and the two races must intersect at a common point on the bearing axis. This  intersection point is referred to as an apex point. The apex point is closer to the  bearing when the cone angle is steeper. A steeper cone angle can support a higher&lt;br /&gt;thrust load relative to a radial load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       The inner ring is referred to as cone, while the outer ring is referred to as cup. The cone is designed with two retaining ribs (also known as lips) to confine&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjl_DJkNJL1XT1GBvrdUjCG_TMrhMQ3MVM1B8G7Kzryh3Hv_1m7n95l_bT0NDcH_V_CER2Zklu_scTGdfAS-gO823Thh_1wXquS7nSo2R12E2D5LGZHg4ggdRqN9h_QipsQpplVieT_KhYC/s1600-h/6.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 258px; height: 334px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjl_DJkNJL1XT1GBvrdUjCG_TMrhMQ3MVM1B8G7Kzryh3Hv_1m7n95l_bT0NDcH_V_CER2Zklu_scTGdfAS-gO823Thh_1wXquS7nSo2R12E2D5LGZHg4ggdRqN9h_QipsQpplVieT_KhYC/s400/6.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285123830896227746" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;the tapered rollers as shown in Fig. 12-7. The ribs also align the rollers between the races. In addition, the larger rib has an important role in supporting the axial load. A cage holds the cone and rollers together as one unit, but the cup (outer  ring) can be pulled apart.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          A single-row tapered roller bearing can support a thrust load in only one&lt;br /&gt;direction. Two tapered roller bearings are usually mounted in opposition, to allow for thrust support in both directions (in a similar way to opposing angular contact ball bearings). Moreover, double or four-row tapered roller bearings are applied in certain applications to support a high bidirectional thrust load as well as radial  load.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          The reaction force on the cup acts in the direction normal to the line of contact of the rolling elements with the cup race (normal to the cup surface). This force can be divided into axial and radial load components. The intersection of the resultant reaction force (which is normal to the cup angle) with the bearing centerline is referred to as the effective center. The location of the effective center  is useful in bearing load calculations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          For example, when a radial load is applied on the bearing, this produces both radial and thrust reactions. The thrust force component, which acts in the direction of the shaft centerline, can separate the cone from the cup by sliding the shaft in the axial direction through the cone or by the cup’s sliding axially in its seat. To prevent such undesired axial motion, a single-row tapered bearing should be mounted with another tapered bearing in the opposite direction. This arrangement is also very important for adjusting the clearance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;           One major advantage of the tapered roller bearing is that it can be applied in&lt;br /&gt;adjustable arrangement where two tapered roller bearings are mounted in opposite directions (in a similar way to the adjustable arrangement of the angular contact ball bearing that was discussed earlier). This arrangement allows one to eliminate undesired clearance and to provide a preload (interference or negative clearance). Bearing preload increases the bearing stiffness, resulting in reduced vibrations as well as a lower level of run-out errors in precision machining.&lt;br /&gt;          However, the disadvantage of bearing preloading is additional contact stresses&lt;br /&gt;and higher friction. Preload results in lowering the speed limit because the higher friction causes overheating at high speeds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          The adjustment of bearing clearance can be done during assembly and even  during steady operation of the machine. The advantage of adjustment during           operation is the precise elimination of the clearance after the thermal expansion of&lt;br /&gt;the shaft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.2.3 Multirow Tapered Roller Bearings&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The multirow tapered roller bearing (Fig. 12-8) is manufactured with a predetermined&lt;br /&gt;adjustment that enables assembly into a machine without any further adjustment. The multirow arrangement includes spacers and is referred to as a&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh_Jvlt42OCIQ2J_dYRQkCUS2KMC0_SFo3FIW7pyBYUcvDSKbYqjmJNsTS0pd5wBkAknjDOBMhtHk0q4siNGIpULT_Pw6APzanqd21o10mio95sv78Nc3y5lq2KQ4Tm5S_QmTdPeurecW0G/s1600-h/7.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 314px; height: 269px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh_Jvlt42OCIQ2J_dYRQkCUS2KMC0_SFo3FIW7pyBYUcvDSKbYqjmJNsTS0pd5wBkAknjDOBMhtHk0q4siNGIpULT_Pw6APzanqd21o10mio95sv78Nc3y5lq2KQ4Tm5S_QmTdPeurecW0G/s400/7.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285124338447085330" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;spacer assembly. The spacer is matched with a specific bearing assembly during&lt;br /&gt;manufacturing. It is important to note that components of these assemblies are not&lt;br /&gt;interchangeable. Other types, without spacers, are manufactured with predetermined&lt;br /&gt;internal adjustment, and their components are also not interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.2.4 Needle Roller Bearing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These bearings (Fig. 12-9) are similar to cylindrical roller bearings, in the sense that they support high radial load. This type of bearing has a needle like appearance because of its higher length-to-diameter ratio.&lt;br /&gt;         The objective of a needle roller bearing is to save space. This is advantageous in applications where bearing space is limited. Furthermore, in certain applications needle roller bearings can also be mounted directly on the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj2E-X6RRrTMC3FIWiw04YToET8Fk4fPm5o4MR2aE-0LY8Qu5_8soYnKepNSvRjZrxhbpCQBppbG-lUu4XQY2t77z-1VpZaV72xLxngXIXOT5yV_qlp0ava8JZr4umr9PxnS-dE3_VB_qJ_/s1600-h/8.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 260px; height: 272px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj2E-X6RRrTMC3FIWiw04YToET8Fk4fPm5o4MR2aE-0LY8Qu5_8soYnKepNSvRjZrxhbpCQBppbG-lUu4XQY2t77z-1VpZaV72xLxngXIXOT5yV_qlp0ava8JZr4umr9PxnS-dE3_VB_qJ_/s400/8.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285124628744086226" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;shaft. For a direct mounting, the shaft must be properly hardened to a similar&lt;br /&gt;hardness of a bearing ring.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Two types of needle roller bearings are available. The first type, referred to as full complement, does not include a cage; the second type has a cage to separate the needle rollers in order to prevent them from sliding against each other. The full-complement bearing has more rollers and can support higher radial load. The second type has a lower number of rollers because it has a cage to separate the needle rollers to prevent them from rubbing against each other. The speed of a full-complement bearing is limited because it has higher friction between the rollers. A full-complement needle bearing may comprise a maximum number of needle rollers placed between a hardened shaft and a housing bore. An outer ring may not be required in certain situations, resulting in further saving of  space.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;12.2.2.5 Self-Aligning Spherical Roller Bearing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This bearing has barrel-shaped rollers (Fig. 12-10). It is designed for applications that involve misalignments due to shaft bending under heavy loads and due to manufacturing tolerances or assembly errors (in a similar way to the self-aligning&lt;br /&gt;ball bearing). The advantage of the spherical roller bearing is its higher load capacity in comparison to that of a self-aligning ball bearing, but it has higher frictional losses.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Spherical roller bearings are available as single-row, double-row, and thrust&lt;br /&gt;types. The single-row thrust spherical roller bearing is designed to support only thrust load, and it is not recommended where radial loads are present. Double-row&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgn0eZOMJ9MllnjqrQD_EQLEvQjpeBStyQ5Tq7o0iL9IBKpPk3I9JM-Cm12dthvZevv1vuM_uOC5vef0SQ1qskHzlsHpOUs2CEW_wgT3_iDuh-odJFZiH-CZb7Mcp4636pnobxpeAtQEcHg/s1600-h/9.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 272px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgn0eZOMJ9MllnjqrQD_EQLEvQjpeBStyQ5Tq7o0iL9IBKpPk3I9JM-Cm12dthvZevv1vuM_uOC5vef0SQ1qskHzlsHpOUs2CEW_wgT3_iDuh-odJFZiH-CZb7Mcp4636pnobxpeAtQEcHg/s400/9.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5285125035848199778" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;spherical roller bearings are commonly used when radial as well as thrust loads&lt;br /&gt;are present.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;          The double-row spherical roller bearing has the highest load capacity of all rolling bearings. This is due to the relatively large radius of contact of the rolling element. It can resist impact and other dynamic forces. It is used in heavy-duty&lt;br /&gt;applications such as ship shafts, rolling mills, and stone crushers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/6263516210564660588/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/6263516210564660588?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="7 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/6263516210564660588" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/6263516210564660588" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/classification-of-rolling-element.html" rel="alternate" title="CLASSIFICATION OF ROLLING-ELEMENT BEARINGS" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgTL35S7s7Y5iYt5bLX2etK-jDiG9pzGUlDVWW4Dtp_NE9-TVU-o9NX3Sy_PMtWCagUSfphKrHkD1WUxchnSvx_vQVKs-j82K3TZLt36PeqpB_zHOOj-jjPZexYZDp362vSDrCbHuse8imd/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>7</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-5803067389461181130</id><published>2008-12-06T12:05:00.008+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-06T12:22:47.769+02:00</updated><title type="text">Types of Control Valves (Part 2)</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Shuttle and fast exhaust valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A shuttle valve, also known as a double check valve, allows pressure in a line to be obtained from alternative sources. It is primarily a pneumatic device and is rarely found in hydraulic circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Construction is very simple and consists of a ball inside a cylinder, as shown in Figure 4.25a. If pressure is applied to port X, the ball is blown to the fight blocking port Y and linking ports X and A.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Similarly, pressure to port Y alone connects ports Y and A and blocks port X. The symbol of a shuttle valve is given in Figure 4.25b.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A typical application is given in Figure 4.25c, where a spring return cylinder is operated from either of two manual stations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Isolation between the two stations is provided by the shuttle valve. Note a simple T-connection cannot be used as each valve has its A port vented to the exhaust port.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A fast exhaust valve (Figure 4.26) is used to vent cylinders quickly. It is primarily used with spring return (single-acting) pneumatic cylinders. The device shown in Figure 4.26a consists of a movable disc which allows port A to be connected to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_AGMkIsVj7BZyoHAyByGN5nmVxcpn2FuRA3gEDRrhOnYOymEa6wX31DtRwmzoad61OWpviqYhESTUCFE7-s3qt2Oat8nd-iuyoxzOQW5IeJRBokzT5UTAKFFThZrXQ4wzlqB3gsPPlXY7/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 357px; height: 291px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_AGMkIsVj7BZyoHAyByGN5nmVxcpn2FuRA3gEDRrhOnYOymEa6wX31DtRwmzoad61OWpviqYhESTUCFE7-s3qt2Oat8nd-iuyoxzOQW5IeJRBokzT5UTAKFFThZrXQ4wzlqB3gsPPlXY7/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276616685169013746" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhzgG-rnNAq4fZjPjc4K4U7L426E9FF-Fl7K5Lv97KFORhpeNA5ixMVsfQzlqWSLY7Qdv0lZolcb97tnysV0LoE7gqUg2bjv4vBP4W-lQr4d5l_gI0dE8Ah-DdgB0LxPhcmO_jynjd6fgk/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 367px; height: 297px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhhzgG-rnNAq4fZjPjc4K4U7L426E9FF-Fl7K5Lv97KFORhpeNA5ixMVsfQzlqWSLY7Qdv0lZolcb97tnysV0LoE7gqUg2bjv4vBP4W-lQr4d5l_gI0dE8Ah-DdgB0LxPhcmO_jynjd6fgk/s400/2.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276616801527471538" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;pressure port P or large exhaust port R. It acts like, and has the same symbol as, a shuttle valve. A typical application is shown in Figure 4.26b.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fast exhaust valves are usually mounted local to, or directly onto, cylinders and speed up response by avoiding any delay from return pipes and control valves. They also permit simpler control valves to be used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Sequence valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The sequence valve is a close relative of the pressure relief valve and is used where a set of operations are to be controlled in a pressure related sequence. Figure 4.27 shows a typical example where a workpiece is pushed into position by cylinder 1 and clamped by cylinder 2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sequence valve V 2 is connected to the extend line of cylinder 1. When this cylinder is moving the workpiece, the line pressure is low, but rises once the workpiece hits the end stop. The sequence valve opens once its inlet pressure rises above a preset level.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj2wDIVk5-PTcGBLo1O_sPQeGLe_cHcEFzFKC-A4PM67JrJhLSDpRkMYO9vEGahw8XvPIKaKkC5__5dpQPEir70lD6PevrOXjLxLVVy-A8tHu83JWmfHy1SaZFFrPimqEzznJLESK147wo0/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 353px; height: 242px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj2wDIVk5-PTcGBLo1O_sPQeGLe_cHcEFzFKC-A4PM67JrJhLSDpRkMYO9vEGahw8XvPIKaKkC5__5dpQPEir70lD6PevrOXjLxLVVy-A8tHu83JWmfHy1SaZFFrPimqEzznJLESK147wo0/s400/3.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276617106300707138" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Cylinder 2 then operates to clamp the workpiece. A check valve across V 2 allows both cylinders to retract together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Time delay valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pneumatic time delay valves (Figure 4.28) are used to delay operations where time-based sequences are required. Figure 4.28a shows construction of a typical valve. This is similar in construction to a 3/2 way pilot-operated valve, but the space above the main valve is comparatively large and pilot air is only allowed in via a flow reducing needle valve. There is thus a time delay between application of pilot pressure to port Z and the valve operation, as shown by the timing diagram in Figure 4.28b. The time delay is adjusted by the needle valve setting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The built-in check valve causes the reservoir space above the valve to vent quickly when pressure at Z is removed to give no delay off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The valve shown in Figure 4.28 is a normally-closed delay-on valve. Many other time delay valves (delay-off, delay on/off, normally- open) can be obtained. All use the basic principle of the air reservoir and needle valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The symbol of a normally-dosed time delay valve is shown in Figure 4.28c.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh3JgupDLslgjliiJiQZ9xvyQKZ1IGISP0TozbWYa7ji4Htj4cwGOk8c6f5lQZ7hzgDNEN2hr-udyXf9KWirDF4pa-1ZKfFIP-VNe9BOtkYyf5HGJ164DSpymT-S9pKJosNpjllBFW8lwbC/s1600-h/4.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 385px; height: 335px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh3JgupDLslgjliiJiQZ9xvyQKZ1IGISP0TozbWYa7ji4Htj4cwGOk8c6f5lQZ7hzgDNEN2hr-udyXf9KWirDF4pa-1ZKfFIP-VNe9BOtkYyf5HGJ164DSpymT-S9pKJosNpjllBFW8lwbC/s400/4.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276617542167454274" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Proportional Valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The solenoid valves described so far act, to some extent, like an electrical switch, i.e. they can be On or Off. In many applications it is required to remotely control speed, pressure or force via an electrical signal. This function is provided by proportional valves.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A typical two position solenoid is only required to move the spool between 0 and 100% stroke against the restoring force of a spring. To ensure predictable movement between the end positions the solenoid must also increase its force as the spool moves to ensure the solenoid force is larger than the increasing opposing&lt;br /&gt;spring force at all positions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A proportional valve has a different design requirement. The spool position can be set anywhere between 0% and 100% stroke by varying the solenoid current. To give a predictable response the solenoid must produce a force which is dependent solely on the&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjTEjGjH1n4rFZyRkwlRijH2Leyv7iBrNxxooWBn9MO09Y47Q0h5JWfpa3bST1kPeYU2wNbbyZeYedPZuMsFBG_llBuGSLXaPjw5POd6C_f0hvsH_ZUx3pXOSZYcynYUihcGoPJfu9Ol5pN/s1600-h/5.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 356px; height: 252px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjTEjGjH1n4rFZyRkwlRijH2Leyv7iBrNxxooWBn9MO09Y47Q0h5JWfpa3bST1kPeYU2wNbbyZeYedPZuMsFBG_llBuGSLXaPjw5POd6C_f0hvsH_ZUx3pXOSZYcynYUihcGoPJfu9Ol5pN/s400/5.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276617923105557650" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;current and not on the spool position, i.e. the force for a given current must be constant over the full stroke range. Furthermore, the force must be proportional to the current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.29 shows a typical response. The force from the solenoid is opposed by the force from a restoring spring, and the spool will move to a position where the two forces are equal. With a current of 0.75 A, for example, the spool will move to 75% of its stroke.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The spool movement in a proportional valve is small; a few mm stroke is typical. The valves are therefore very vulnerable to stiction, and this is reduced by using a 'wet' design which immerses the solenoid and its core in hydraulic fluid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A proportional valve should produce a fluid flow which is proportional to the spool displacement. The spools therefore use four triangular metering notches in the spool lands as shown on Figure 4.30. As the spool is moved to the right, port A will progressively link to the tank and port B to the pressure line.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The symbol for this valve is also shown. Proportional valves are drawn with parallel lines on the connection sides of the valve block on circuit diagrams.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.30 gives equal flow rates to both A and B ports.Cylinders have different areas on the full bore and annulus sides&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-YT5DwQJ67KEx-i3doy4GqUPPBthxXQITHNeZYn9SJuQH66idYQfXzvPFHOVgqPnwsRhuEsVXMm2c-2mbAO_T42SET_K7q-jRfTLsYkMa3HovQak5KL2-_4ollp0pBxaB1rVZxeTLk4cf/s1600-h/6.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 346px; height: 400px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-YT5DwQJ67KEx-i3doy4GqUPPBthxXQITHNeZYn9SJuQH66idYQfXzvPFHOVgqPnwsRhuEsVXMm2c-2mbAO_T42SET_K7q-jRfTLsYkMa3HovQak5KL2-_4ollp0pBxaB1rVZxeTLk4cf/s400/6.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276618199112724290" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;(see Figure 5.4). To achieve equal speeds in both directions, the notches on the lands must have different areas. With a 2:1 cylinder ratio, half the number of notches are used on one side.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.31 shows the construction and symbol for a restricted centre position valve. Here the extended notches provide a restricted (typically 3%) flow to tank from the A and B ports when the  valve is in the centre position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjAmT5xuLa_rSQke8n9TVMwg84S2BjjDbfzmvHboACDf_0jXXW_2531bIiiZ1XQZE3DM1Gc6h3AaRLfy4K6k1X_Elmd_nEfCiC0hSdKoc2KU86kKWt9O5uKGNvSSO0e_BM0id0Ve0FSB702/s1600-h/7.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 341px; height: 400px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjAmT5xuLa_rSQke8n9TVMwg84S2BjjDbfzmvHboACDf_0jXXW_2531bIiiZ1XQZE3DM1Gc6h3AaRLfy4K6k1X_Elmd_nEfCiC0hSdKoc2KU86kKWt9O5uKGNvSSO0e_BM0id0Ve0FSB702/s400/7.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276618497408464194" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/5803067389461181130/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/5803067389461181130?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="10 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5803067389461181130" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5803067389461181130" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/types-of-control-valves-part-2.html" rel="alternate" title="Types of Control Valves (Part 2)" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi_AGMkIsVj7BZyoHAyByGN5nmVxcpn2FuRA3gEDRrhOnYOymEa6wX31DtRwmzoad61OWpviqYhESTUCFE7-s3qt2Oat8nd-iuyoxzOQW5IeJRBokzT5UTAKFFThZrXQ4wzlqB3gsPPlXY7/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>10</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-6785564618471476568</id><published>2008-12-06T11:19:00.024+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-06T11:57:23.930+02:00</updated><title type="text">Types of Control Valves(Part 1)</title><content type="html">&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;font-size:130%;" &gt;Types of control valve&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;There are essentially &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;three type&lt;/span&gt;s of control valve; &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;poppet valves&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;spool valves&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;rotary valves&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Poppet valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In a poppet valve, simple discs, cones or balls are used in conjunction with simple valve seats to control flow. Figure 4.9 shows the construction and symbol of a simple 2/2 normally-closed valve, where depression of the pushbutton lifts the ball off its seat and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8jme0u_L8KOhyphenhyphen8YhffCz3nvPBAZR6lOIe-BYfulz6IdYd4nzwfemdUaNWjr8539TEIoImnEXUWqQF6Y72oplLmrzXgjBq_LGbxKa4_4Un76C9sMhdG-EYANTcsdeB6-Vb-Nh1ImfUFF4P/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 239px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8jme0u_L8KOhyphenhyphen8YhffCz3nvPBAZR6lOIe-BYfulz6IdYd4nzwfemdUaNWjr8539TEIoImnEXUWqQF6Y72oplLmrzXgjBq_LGbxKa4_4Un76C9sMhdG-EYANTcsdeB6-Vb-Nh1ImfUFF4P/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276604430245947890" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;allows fluid to flow from port P to port A. When the button is released, spring and fluid pressure force the ball up again closing the valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.10 shows the construction and symbol of a disc seal 3/2 poppet. With the pushbutton released, ports A and R are linked via the hollow pushbutton stem. If the pushbutton is pressed, port R is first sealed, then the valve disc pushed down to open the valve and connect ports P and A. As before, spring and fluid pressure from&lt;br /&gt;port P closes the valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The valve construction and symbol shown in Figure 4.11 is a poppet changeover 4/2 valve using two stems and disc valves. With the pushbutton released, ports A and R are linked via the hollow left-hand stem and ports P and B linked via the normally-open right hand disc valve. When the pushbutton is pressed, the link  between ports A and R is first closed, then the link between P and B closed.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;The link between A and P is next opened, and finally the link between B and R opened. When the pushbutton is released, air and spring pressure puts the valve back to its original state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Poppet valves are simple, cheap and robust, but it is generally simpler to manufacture valves more complicated than those shown in Figure 4.11 by using spool valves. Further, a major disadvantage of poppet valves is the force needed to operate them. In the poppet valve of Figure 4.10, for example, the force required on the pushbutton&lt;br /&gt;to operate the valve is P x a newtons. Large capacity valves need large valve areas, leading to large operating force. The high pressure in hydraulic systems thus tends to prevent use of simple&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-cei0jnZJ2VB0GwZNOOswWDGIJGyaSXXSW616zF6vFliGnbPz9TwhPrvf7GXs1dubtOW6fH_tZJ3o-fnEcbXvSlCMFOtTcKHoX6PCNnC7NcHuQwiZzbjL3-N4AxeZEAN9i7mv3d0DG0Ye/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 388px; height: 400px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh-cei0jnZJ2VB0GwZNOOswWDGIJGyaSXXSW616zF6vFliGnbPz9TwhPrvf7GXs1dubtOW6fH_tZJ3o-fnEcbXvSlCMFOtTcKHoX6PCNnC7NcHuQwiZzbjL3-N4AxeZEAN9i7mv3d0DG0Ye/s400/2.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276604730550962962" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;poppet valves and they are, therefore, mainly found in low pressure pneumatic systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWdNXq0Il-P-2Aai1jatq6yk773Vv2CqIzUytZ2A_jwqh7dnY7aOCZKPBX8dYqRrFEW3FVsYNX5WROvXvEkZO7xbto_-rX1Bn_3lOFmjJ-hWuX9l_bd4VzQq7YoAu87bWmgvlQmGdyx0Ec/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 370px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWdNXq0Il-P-2Aai1jatq6yk773Vv2CqIzUytZ2A_jwqh7dnY7aOCZKPBX8dYqRrFEW3FVsYNX5WROvXvEkZO7xbto_-rX1Bn_3lOFmjJ-hWuX9l_bd4VzQq7YoAu87bWmgvlQmGdyx0Ec/s400/3.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276605099334097090" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Spool valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Spool (or slide) valves are constructed with a spool moving horizontally within the valve body, as shown for the 4/2 valve in Figure 4.12. Raised areas called 'lands' block or open ports to give the required operation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The operation of a spool valve is generally balanced. In the valve construction in Figure 4.12b, for example, pressure is applied to opposing faces D and E and low tank pressure to faces F and G.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There is no net force on the spool from system pressure, allowing the spool to be easily moved.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg8fQ-0esT69lB5MktsTGzGdgMPOXwnoUqJ8xr2gnC6ch66J1re6CG1NS092k3a1G1XdhvO1_K_zC_f6YuGTHsq8el554M9EGqhVZb9ZeLEVt-3CLCa0vkBhTqcoMms3HY8L87JhKOEhuT8/s1600-h/4.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 253px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg8fQ-0esT69lB5MktsTGzGdgMPOXwnoUqJ8xr2gnC6ch66J1re6CG1NS092k3a1G1XdhvO1_K_zC_f6YuGTHsq8el554M9EGqhVZb9ZeLEVt-3CLCa0vkBhTqcoMms3HY8L87JhKOEhuT8/s400/4.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276605325342863106" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPGE31h3cNupvxx5UrR3kfwh3rcT9Loens59Gob1L5bHaipvHik6fzSmj2yKXULgxI1k_O_FtuQr147ym-8TI-SLEf96KW7XgV0_1uYnLuhcOh_wm0_wlUFwazttyV6vgK9xexJYpo4bgP/s1600-h/5.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 270px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPGE31h3cNupvxx5UrR3kfwh3rcT9Loens59Gob1L5bHaipvHik6fzSmj2yKXULgxI1k_O_FtuQr147ym-8TI-SLEf96KW7XgV0_1uYnLuhcOh_wm0_wlUFwazttyV6vgK9xexJYpo4bgP/s400/5.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276605548154059218" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 4.13 is a changeover 4/2 spool valve. Comparison of the  valves shown in Figures 4.12 and 4.13 shows they have the same body construction, the only difference being the size and position of lands on the spool. This is a major cost-saving advantage of spool valves; different operations can be achieved with a common body and different spools. This obviously reduces manufacturing costs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.14 shows various forms of three position changeover valves; note, again, these use one body with different functions  achieved by different land patterns.&lt;br /&gt;Spool valves are operated by shifting the spool. This can be achieved by button, lever or striker, or remotely with a solenoid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Self-centring can easily be provided if springs are mounted at the end of the spool shaft.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Solenoid-operated valves commonly work at 24 V DC or 110 V AC. Each has its own advantages and disadvantages. A DC power supply has to be provided for 24 V DC solenoids, which, in large systems, is substantial and costly. Operating current of a 24 V solenoid is higher than a 110 V solenoid's. Care must be taken with plant cabling to avoid voltage drops on return legs if a common single line return is used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Current through a DC solenoid is set by the winding resistance. Current in an AC solenoid, on the other hand, is set by the inductance of the windings, and this is usually designed to give a high inrush current followed by low holding current. This is achieved by using the core of the solenoid (linked to the spool) to raise the coil inductance when the spool has moved. One side effect of this is that a jammed spool results in a permanent high current which can damage the coil or the device driving it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Each and every AC solenoid should be protected by an individual fuse. DC solenoids do not suffer from this characteristic. A burned out DC solenoid coil is&lt;br /&gt;almost unknown.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Whatever form of solenoid is used it is very useful when fault finding to have local electrical indication built into the solenoid plug top. This allows a fault to be quickly identified as either an electrical or hydraulic problem. Fault finding is discussed further in Chapter 8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A solenoid can exert a pull or push of about 5 to 10 kg. This is adequate for most pneumatic spool valves, but is too low for direct operation of large capacity hydraulic valves. Here pilot operation must be used, a topic discussed later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjVNynT9GksAxp2nVVQc_gW0HhiVeisB590AbkuQDMtEw1Bu0F6imKXaIXzrI3HijMY5uF0zGxTVmCtP6cm8thTFWv3wZbZiUYVa8sj4g59FZVCRJpFonHlU4AtNPTbjpESGKJS7ilcGm_3/s1600-h/6.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 394px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjVNynT9GksAxp2nVVQc_gW0HhiVeisB590AbkuQDMtEw1Bu0F6imKXaIXzrI3HijMY5uF0zGxTVmCtP6cm8thTFWv3wZbZiUYVa8sj4g59FZVCRJpFonHlU4AtNPTbjpESGKJS7ilcGm_3/s400/6.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276605923368765410" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Rotary valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rotary valves consist of a rotating spool which aligns with holes in the valve casing to give the required operation. Figure 4.15 shows the construction and symbol of a typical valve with centre off action.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Rotary valves are compact, simple and have low operating forces. They are, however, low pressure devices and are consequently mainly used for hand operation in pneumatic systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhi8-Ij9ufRqL3Gkw0EQrodLSz1z1geD88xDXphnfzr07Mcxf_zF7BjoOszajbRobpqSaNt7v647hsb6R7hWeMGNu1-UISoARTLKZnRtcytZMkA7EvNoeHvawsXkNNhnbQf4obsbVj6TTFg/s1600-h/7.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 399px; height: 286px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhi8-Ij9ufRqL3Gkw0EQrodLSz1z1geD88xDXphnfzr07Mcxf_zF7BjoOszajbRobpqSaNt7v647hsb6R7hWeMGNu1-UISoARTLKZnRtcytZMkA7EvNoeHvawsXkNNhnbQf4obsbVj6TTFg/s400/7.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276606185146116210" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Pilot-operated valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With large capacity pneumatic valves (particularly poppet valves) and most hydraulic valves, the operating force required to move the valve can be large. If the required force is too large for a solenoid or manual operation, a two-stage process called pilot operation is used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The principle is shown in Figure 4.16. Valve 1 is the main operating valve used to move a ram. The operating force required to move the valve, however, is too large for direct operation by a solenoid, so a second smaller valve 2, known as the pilot valve, has been added to allow the main valve to be operated&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj5rDsbf59Qu-l8tz2QWqcvYZxpNUAtd8rh6zJF_Xy7lNraPCyzV4ZNA6jA_gWMl4EqhgibK2tIxgNja2XlOP9KxukofXZ5vbDiAAcROUc_89_7QVkj4Jn1wOm1LBNnb0fYm3hTqupM4h85/s1600-h/8.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 276px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj5rDsbf59Qu-l8tz2QWqcvYZxpNUAtd8rh6zJF_Xy7lNraPCyzV4ZNA6jA_gWMl4EqhgibK2tIxgNja2XlOP9KxukofXZ5vbDiAAcROUc_89_7QVkj4Jn1wOm1LBNnb0fYm3hTqupM4h85/s400/8.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276606469052480450" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;by system pressure. Pilot pressure lines are normally shown dotted in circuit diagrams, and pilot ports on main valves are denoted Z, Y, X and so on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Figure 4 16, pilot port Z is depressurised with the solenoid deenergised, and the ram is retracted. When the solenoid is energised valve 2 changes over, pressurising Z; causing valve 1 to energize and the ram to extend.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although pilot operation can be achieved with separate valves it is more usual to use a pilot/main valve assembly manufactured as a complete ready made unit. Figure 4.17 shows the operation of a pilot-operated 3/2 pneumatic valve. The solenoid operates&lt;br /&gt;the small pilot valve directly. Because this valve has a small area, a low operating force is required. The pilot valve applies line pressure to the top of the control valve causing it to move down, closing the exhaust port. When it contacts the main valve disc there are two forces acting on the valve stem. The pilot valve applies a downwards force of P x D, where P is the line pressure and D is the area of the control valve. Line pressure also applies an upwards force P x E to the stem, where E is the area of the main valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The area of the control valve, D, is greater than area of the main valve E, so the downwards force is the larger and the valve opens.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the solenoid de-energises, the space above the control valve is vented. Line an spring pressure on the main valve causes the valve stem to rise again, venting port A.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A hydraulic 4/2 pilot-operated spool valve is shown in Figure4.18. The ends of the pilot spool in most hydraulic pilot-operated valves are visible from outside the valve. This is useful from a maintenance viewpoint as it allows the operation of a valve to be&lt;br /&gt;checked. In extreme cases the valve can be checked by pushing the pilot spool directly with a suitably sized rod (welding rod is ideal !).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Care must be taken to check solenoid states on dual solenoid valves before attempting manual operation. Overriding an energised AC solenoid creates a large current which may damage the coil, (or blow the fuse if the solenoid has correctly installed protection).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjpcqLooLEcLbTDok5qXQtU9vyy7gIuFWA6gEbpqkHRvonqB0T8Ge-A0fCkz3lpoxbPv9YIrV5Ox1as7H-v1AW-tXB0L91yReF7_k0DE_BGasbcYNCFekYlZhiMJgTE7-YREamCmFq5snK6/s1600-h/9.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 304px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjpcqLooLEcLbTDok5qXQtU9vyy7gIuFWA6gEbpqkHRvonqB0T8Ge-A0fCkz3lpoxbPv9YIrV5Ox1as7H-v1AW-tXB0L91yReF7_k0DE_BGasbcYNCFekYlZhiMJgTE7-YREamCmFq5snK6/s400/9.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276606992901551842" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhXSK8Uhv_mGeso6EQCxk5YYXcTV0mmJBZsxyoVMcvQxDuu9rTZ8F3utm2dJ7pCOtwrk4OxnAGYK0B-ROeqV6VdESw7RqD4Pr8Jj15pZDGTk6iS4Vlbpqn6V2wu6VKzUlRspxwj-h3v93Lh/s1600-h/10.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 367px; height: 325px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhXSK8Uhv_mGeso6EQCxk5YYXcTV0mmJBZsxyoVMcvQxDuu9rTZ8F3utm2dJ7pCOtwrk4OxnAGYK0B-ROeqV6VdESw7RqD4Pr8Jj15pZDGTk6iS4Vlbpqn6V2wu6VKzUlRspxwj-h3v93Lh/s400/10.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276607457904374194" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsxrnTeNS3XF3_iykcgk-ceCHoKtbRkU74PYPrUPXuQ_0n2fHEvlQc55H6yzF2-wJs9FRieFWP6h3WmY6cluHZU8KnKMrtTJ-GV3HNCeYR-blwQbfD_Tie8mB-4dJBsFWSTd487O81hn2o/s1600-h/11.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 324px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsxrnTeNS3XF3_iykcgk-ceCHoKtbRkU74PYPrUPXuQ_0n2fHEvlQc55H6yzF2-wJs9FRieFWP6h3WmY6cluHZU8KnKMrtTJ-GV3HNCeYR-blwQbfD_Tie8mB-4dJBsFWSTd487O81hn2o/s400/11.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276607684793143538" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Check valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Check valves only allow flow in one direction and, as such, are similar in operation to electronic diodes. The simplest constructionis the ball and seat arrangement of the valve in Figure 4.19a, commonly used in pneumatic systems. The right angle construction in Figure 4.19b is better suited to the higher pressures of a hydraulic&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiDP250lKVzFRJnh911zbvEbmWNBp9zdoOkyGbBqvJNFqblL5TK-Gt-fmq34nwMF8fxo-7jSL_04vJsyqea2XbzByYFZBv5W40z2ooAbWVHkxMWC1WuuNj44CxmPK21UzK0o903v65fmvhb/s1600-h/12.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 367px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiDP250lKVzFRJnh911zbvEbmWNBp9zdoOkyGbBqvJNFqblL5TK-Gt-fmq34nwMF8fxo-7jSL_04vJsyqea2XbzByYFZBv5W40z2ooAbWVHkxMWC1WuuNj44CxmPK21UzK0o903v65fmvhb/s400/12.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276607931487278098" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;system. Free flow direction is normally marked with an arrow on the valve casing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A check valve is represented by the graphic symbols in Figure 4.20. The symbol in Figure 4.20a is rather complex and the simpler symbol in Figure 4.20b is more commonly used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjr2FwqFQxGYroxlZtLUxQYhGxs4j_N7QeBND1vgrIug9cTnRJeO_XBY0lNfFH45x-P_ESpSHiJ9r_rjjfe35CTe4UTqQzcp7_cq8j1gQJKMxleFR5kms3d1v9eZNm6s3Nz8wcdIp8nSLEr/s1600-h/13.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 182px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjr2FwqFQxGYroxlZtLUxQYhGxs4j_N7QeBND1vgrIug9cTnRJeO_XBY0lNfFH45x-P_ESpSHiJ9r_rjjfe35CTe4UTqQzcp7_cq8j1gQJKMxleFR5kms3d1v9eZNm6s3Nz8wcdIp8nSLEr/s400/13.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276608517383342562" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Figure 4.21 illustrates several common applications of check valves. Figure 4.21a shows a combination pump, used where an application requires large volume and low pressure, or low volume and high pressure. A typical case is a clamp required to engage quickly (high volume and low pressure) then grip (minimal volume but high pressure). Pump 1 is the high volume and low pressure pump, and pump 2 the high pressure pump. In high volume mode both pumps deliver to the system, pump 1 delivering through the check valve V 3. When high pressure is required, line pressure at X rises operating unloading valve V 1 via pilot port Z taking pump 1 off load. Pump 2 delivers the required pressure set by relief valve V 2, with the check valve preventing fluid leaking back to pump 1 and V1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.21b shows a hydraulic circuit with a pressure storage  device called an accumulator (described in a later chapter). Here a check valve allows the pump to unload via the pressure regulating valve, while still maintaining system pressure from the accumulator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A spring-operated check valve requires a small pressure to open (called the cracking pressure) and acts to some extent like a low pressure relief valve. This characteristic can be used to advantage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Figure 4.21c pilot pressure is derived before a check valve, and in Figure 4.21 d a check valve is used to protect a blocked filter by diverting flow around the filter when pressure rises. A check valve  is also included in the tank return to prevent fluid being sucked out of the tank when the pump is turned off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Pilot-operated check valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cylinder in the system in Figure 4.22 should, theoretically, hold position when the control valve is in its centre, off, position. In practice, the cylinder will tend to creep because of leakage in the control valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Check valves have excellent sealage in the closed position, but a simple check valve cannot be used in the system in Figure 4.22 because flow is required in both directions. A pilot-operated check is similar to a basic check valve but can be held open permanently by application of an external pilot pressure signal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two basic forms of pilot-operated check valves, shown in Figure 4.23. They operate in a similar manner to basic check valves, but with pilot pressure directly opening the valves. In the 4C valve shown in Figure 4.23a, inlet pressure assists the pilot. The&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZ5dUY_R0rQIkvvuQvmJv3Vcr3FY0__2GWcWRQpZiobvOK4rfJw96n19qQwOuBuhwwcYCE4M7rzgoBZk3BiN8ft8slYfs87oxNcRJF0XiDlHmW7UJwIT3n9yd9g4VF93F7BcjyRND7fiLP/s1600-h/14.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 391px; height: 185px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhZ5dUY_R0rQIkvvuQvmJv3Vcr3FY0__2GWcWRQpZiobvOK4rfJw96n19qQwOuBuhwwcYCE4M7rzgoBZk3BiN8ft8slYfs87oxNcRJF0XiDlHmW7UJwIT3n9yd9g4VF93F7BcjyRND7fiLP/s400/14.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276608937437871538" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWrwmXM6H95IQ8qvLYYTsdOcSuQW1XA9gAPZeseur6KZ-N5rPiIgOTykSKY40gnQivcDjeIPggDSyiAId_J1l5eySRS7DoiMZyMTTU3Aevj5HFss3C2oY7Aa84vccAoxUWEGQCbLSAnuDV/s1600-h/15.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 376px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiWrwmXM6H95IQ8qvLYYTsdOcSuQW1XA9gAPZeseur6KZ-N5rPiIgOTykSKY40gnQivcDjeIPggDSyiAId_J1l5eySRS7DoiMZyMTTU3Aevj5HFss3C2oY7Aa84vccAoxUWEGQCbLSAnuDV/s400/15.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276609169976693026" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgTQg_tPlDFd4tzseJIHOFy7MK-n_DXfVteBODree5_q2E9aoYwD7yijn_rK8xs9BMF1PZHU5qMFxVuJFCIhBGqoAtyZdVGMyprooPblio1PDkHvoyas-BNxr0Rvvnd3u3e4EEMlyoC4Y6x/s1600-h/16.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 214px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgTQg_tPlDFd4tzseJIHOFy7MK-n_DXfVteBODree5_q2E9aoYwD7yijn_rK8xs9BMF1PZHU5qMFxVuJFCIhBGqoAtyZdVGMyprooPblio1PDkHvoyas-BNxr0Rvvnd3u3e4EEMlyoC4Y6x/s400/16.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276609425008346434" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;symbol of a pilot-operated check valve is shown in Figure 4.23c. The cylinder application of Figure 4.22 is redrawn with pilot operated check valves in Figure 4.23d. The pilot lines are connected to the pressure line feeding the other side of the cylinder. For any cylinder movement, one check valve is held open by flow (operating&lt;br /&gt;as a normal check valve) and the other is held open by pilot pressure. For no required movement, both check valves are closed and the cylinder is locked in position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Restriction check valves&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The speed of a hydraulic or pneumatic actuator can be controlled by adjusting the rate at which a fluid is admitted to, or allowed out from, a device. This topic is discussed in more detail in Chapter 5 but a speed control is often required to be direction-sensitive and this requires the inclusion of a check valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A restriction check valve (often called a throttle relief valve in pneumatics) allows full flow in one direction and a reduced flow in the other direction. Figure 4.24a shows a simple hydraulic valve and Figure 4.24b a pneumatic valve. In both, a needle valve sets restricted flow to the required valve. The symbol of a restriction&lt;br /&gt;check valve is shown in Figure 4.24c.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.24d shows a typical application in which the cylinder extends at full speed until a limit switch makes, then extend further at low speed. Retraction is at full speed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A restriction check valve V 2 is fitted in one leg of the cylinder. With the cylinder retracted, limit-operated valve V 3 is open allowing free flow of fluid from the cylinder as it extends. When the striker plate on the cylinder ram hits the limit, valve V 3 closes and flow out of the cylinder is now restricted by the needle valve setting&lt;br /&gt;of valve V 2. In the reverse direction, the check valve on valve V 2 opens giving full speed of retraction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEigO4RJ_cHWr3EcgDe0OG2MYO0LP6OInVNpvOJW014S3naZ-zorNBzhg9xFf1XneSrcv2iQ2_xtNMqhhCY94B-hGhbGR7qeIJ-P_Tc1gCOi0P9wEpEST1jmuv-n357FvsuR_g9yu9zldO9R/s1600-h/17.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 203px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEigO4RJ_cHWr3EcgDe0OG2MYO0LP6OInVNpvOJW014S3naZ-zorNBzhg9xFf1XneSrcv2iQ2_xtNMqhhCY94B-hGhbGR7qeIJ-P_Tc1gCOi0P9wEpEST1jmuv-n357FvsuR_g9yu9zldO9R/s400/17.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276609829974944930" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjZffMN1ZaU1ptlbX0o50jP3kAH6uIDFEsFv0Z1LK1ScY_GK8EHqViq1iGP33cKlg-WVxxpePydEUNh9Vyftx4d0GYiUMTHxIxnZ27QwDFWeausx1x0QrOnlVf-1P72FP4N_Y9HI_DSVCp3/s1600-h/18.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 260px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjZffMN1ZaU1ptlbX0o50jP3kAH6uIDFEsFv0Z1LK1ScY_GK8EHqViq1iGP33cKlg-WVxxpePydEUNh9Vyftx4d0GYiUMTHxIxnZ27QwDFWeausx1x0QrOnlVf-1P72FP4N_Y9HI_DSVCp3/s400/18.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276610038681906434" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsc0oQmiPFl5C5J8U5BRX1VfYSGCZTG-4ybdnkDDMnF0ZlWrm6S2WIJ4Yx7zqP0O0ZrD30Isb8521yYJ1Zcm8tVx51pBfY07oKbIKUEFwi8Sb2giF1fTvVE4Io3CSu8WIRtdfyagFIugMr/s1600-h/19.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 315px; height: 177px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgsc0oQmiPFl5C5J8U5BRX1VfYSGCZTG-4ybdnkDDMnF0ZlWrm6S2WIJ4Yx7zqP0O0ZrD30Isb8521yYJ1Zcm8tVx51pBfY07oKbIKUEFwi8Sb2giF1fTvVE4Io3CSu8WIRtdfyagFIugMr/s400/19.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276610291580100434" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhMZ_6_R_RgQZvgd41miwAunT__Ba3X41D-NViNoIUdY3h8xDMksu_M4GMAcq1okbb8E0PtadvChuG4QvhZxqIroQzv4tFiPFIk05JSFz7U2k7KR_wfTLXFEIlT6KBv8omsQztJW7GUx0TS/s1600-h/20.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 323px; height: 185px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhMZ_6_R_RgQZvgd41miwAunT__Ba3X41D-NViNoIUdY3h8xDMksu_M4GMAcq1okbb8E0PtadvChuG4QvhZxqIroQzv4tFiPFIk05JSFz7U2k7KR_wfTLXFEIlT6KBv8omsQztJW7GUx0TS/s400/20.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276610524795700450" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi5NgBKtKd40d-Nb7ZewTEy1xC3v26s2uxPrG0Hnez2NoD7uH38URnGWhDSMGygEut3A9NgJz_cf4J277P_wm6QSC40psAe1ZpLV_x5fTwCxm-sHXJgP7BPmPI-aldts9_67_xQzpN6ohgc/s1600-h/21.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 371px; height: 276px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi5NgBKtKd40d-Nb7ZewTEy1xC3v26s2uxPrG0Hnez2NoD7uH38URnGWhDSMGygEut3A9NgJz_cf4J277P_wm6QSC40psAe1ZpLV_x5fTwCxm-sHXJgP7BPmPI-aldts9_67_xQzpN6ohgc/s400/21.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276610761327330546" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/6785564618471476568/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/6785564618471476568?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="19 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/6785564618471476568" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/6785564618471476568" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/types-of-control-valvespart-1.html" rel="alternate" title="Types of Control Valves(Part 1)" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj8jme0u_L8KOhyphenhyphen8YhffCz3nvPBAZR6lOIe-BYfulz6IdYd4nzwfemdUaNWjr8539TEIoImnEXUWqQF6Y72oplLmrzXgjBq_LGbxKa4_4Un76C9sMhdG-EYANTcsdeB6-Vb-Nh1ImfUFF4P/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>19</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-510730103129063178</id><published>2008-12-06T10:43:00.011+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-06T11:17:49.137+02:00</updated><title type="text">Introduction to Control Valves (symbols)</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Pneumatic and hydraulic systems require control valves to direct and regulate the flow of fluid from compressor or pump to the various load devices. Although there are significant practical differences between pneumatic and hydraulic devices (mainly arising from differences in operating pressures and types of seals needed for gas or liquid) the operating principles and descriptions are very similar.&lt;br /&gt;  Although valves are used for many purposes, there are essentially only two types of valve. An infinite position valve can take up  any position between open and closed and, consequently, can be used to modulate flow or pressure. Relief valves described in earlier chapters are simple infinite position valves.&lt;br /&gt; Most control valves, however, are only used to allow or block flow of fluid. Such valves are called finite position valves. An analogy between the two types of valve is the comparison between an electric light dimmer and a simple on/off switch.         &lt;br /&gt;Connections to a valve are termed 'ports'. A simple on/off valve therefore has two&lt;br /&gt;ports. Most control valves, however, have four ports shown in hydraulic and pneumatic forms in Figure 4.1.&lt;br /&gt;In both the load is connected to ports labelled A, B and the pressure supply (from pump or compressor) to port E In the hydraulic valve, fluid is returned to the tank from port T. In the pneumatic valve return air is vented from port R.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 4.2 shows internal operation of valves. To extend the ram, ports P and B are connected to deliver fluid and ports A and T connected  to return fluid. To retract the ram, ports P and A are connected to deliver fluid and ports B and T to return fluid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhHZUe1d2NLLNi4Yl4Q0wSpOYe4mjH_ey0oN9rlYahc2LY_ycVa-I1ttDP2pLoZpib_KjIFiiMyBm0tmKI-fYvQjduSu17OwWimRGkCc7FxAAhGl58FJHCCUzDk9RoBIRLGhGW4zmeOL4V3/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 432px; height: 393px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhHZUe1d2NLLNi4Yl4Q0wSpOYe4mjH_ey0oN9rlYahc2LY_ycVa-I1ttDP2pLoZpib_KjIFiiMyBm0tmKI-fYvQjduSu17OwWimRGkCc7FxAAhGl58FJHCCUzDk9RoBIRLGhGW4zmeOL4V3/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276595559574272306" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhwVOaZ9VOsf8ePgSZz75IdJGZaCJ1UuiEq7RdesFG9duhMW2ZIvjYVy0cdXtOPwTQ0DWGEMJepwSwHnre17pxcXLq7MPgwFpuhuMT8aT-9K2beXOJFY7JgasiLUrYY9sx6vAX5xOjd-hJU/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 435px; height: 189px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhwVOaZ9VOsf8ePgSZz75IdJGZaCJ1UuiEq7RdesFG9duhMW2ZIvjYVy0cdXtOPwTQ0DWGEMJepwSwHnre17pxcXLq7MPgwFpuhuMT8aT-9K2beXOJFY7JgasiLUrYY9sx6vAX5xOjd-hJU/s400/2.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276595566260792722" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Another consideration is the number of control positions. Figure 4.3 shows two possible control schemes. In Figure 4.3a, the ram is controlled by a lever with two positions; extend or retract. This valve has two control positions (and the ram simply drives to one end or other of its stroke). The valve in Figure 4.3b has three positions;&lt;br /&gt;extend, off, retract. Not surprisingly the valve in Figure 4.3a  is called a two position valve, while that in Figure 4.3b is a three position valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgLrLw-wL1LHHrG4i1dm7hFEovQvQZm2VnNwwHRfXTiiP8AfMyIucLMrBomBB6KkLgKRUYCWB31GfkK2o_MiFTZYyzmNmWXoqgph_Yu0LvxN2tLwWRTRpY1D8KU2-KZAW3WdAby63mrNT5C/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 442px; height: 229px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgLrLw-wL1LHHrG4i1dm7hFEovQvQZm2VnNwwHRfXTiiP8AfMyIucLMrBomBB6KkLgKRUYCWB31GfkK2o_MiFTZYyzmNmWXoqgph_Yu0LvxN2tLwWRTRpY1D8KU2-KZAW3WdAby63mrNT5C/s400/3.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276595885557115538" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Finite position valves are commonly described as a port/position valve where port is the number of ports and position is the number  of positions. Figure 4.3a therefore illustrates a 4/2 valve, and Figure 4.3b shows a 4/3 valve. A simple block/allow valve is a 2/2 valve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiMtW3VHZAw6EfvNTLvxT7ouTKS_fnWbNIoZrF6hEtO5LtGpn5z2Mukiqmyb5BrJYj77_juMFrtiq5uKj4_x8hmynDqDp-tRZcLzlEpyzdLYy2hbPwInnactHRAqzjBTYqR8zq1hf5oSmid/s1600-h/4.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 418px; height: 183px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiMtW3VHZAw6EfvNTLvxT7ouTKS_fnWbNIoZrF6hEtO5LtGpn5z2Mukiqmyb5BrJYj77_juMFrtiq5uKj4_x8hmynDqDp-tRZcLzlEpyzdLYy2hbPwInnactHRAqzjBTYqR8zq1hf5oSmid/s400/4.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276596148979998786" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;      The numbers of ports and positions does not, however, completely describe the valve. We must also describe its action. Figure 4.4 shows one possible action for the 4/3 valve of Figure 4.3b.&lt;br /&gt; Extend and retract connections are similar, but in the off position ports P and T are connected-unloading the pump back to the tank without need of a separate loading valve, while leaving the ram locked in position. (This approach could, of course, only be used  where the pump supplies one load). Other possible arrangements may block all four ports in the off position (to maintain pressure), or connect ports A, B and T (to leave the ram free in the off position).&lt;br /&gt;A complete valve description thus needs number of ports, number of positions and the control action.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Graphic symbols&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Simple valve symbols have been used so far to describe control actions. From the discussions in the previous section it can be seen that control actions can easily become too complex for representation by sketches showing how a valve is constructed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A set of graphic symbols has therefore evolved (similar, in principle,  to symbols used on electrical circuit diagrams). These show  component function without showing the physical construction of each device. A 3/2 spool valve and a 3/2 rotary valve with the same function have the same symbol; despite their totally different constructions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Symbols are described in various national documents; DIN24300, BS2917, ISO1219 and the new ISO5599, CETOP RP3 plus the original American JIC and ANSI symbols. Differences between these are minor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A valve is represented by a square for each of its switching positions. Figure 4.5a thus shows the symbol of a two position valve, and Figure 4.5b a three position valve. Valve positions can be represented by letters a, b, c and so on, with 0 being used for a central neutral position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjCYM_wzw8TUO0Egxy8lC-_Ofe2WTqH2cdIJqY9qca54ytz5stQMycksJxJFMQLjtUOF2JAs2_L3LesSqW1OpmHfdyKIbmVOCtyjRRHpbWzD_sckArDKM3hU_qzcPVC1exZJZG3OVjPT-IQ/s1600-h/5.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 446px; height: 192px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjCYM_wzw8TUO0Egxy8lC-_Ofe2WTqH2cdIJqY9qca54ytz5stQMycksJxJFMQLjtUOF2JAs2_L3LesSqW1OpmHfdyKIbmVOCtyjRRHpbWzD_sckArDKM3hU_qzcPVC1exZJZG3OVjPT-IQ/s400/5.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276596690112326194" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;Ports of a valve are shown on the outside of boxes in normal unoperated or initial position. Four ports have been added to the  two position valve symbol shown in Figure 4.5c. Designations  given to ports are normally:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Port                                                                                                                                                                                         Designation           &lt;br /&gt;Working lines                                                                                                                          A, B, C and so on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pressure (power) supply                                                                                      P&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Exhaust/Return                                                                    R, S, T and so on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Control (Pilot) Lines                                                                               (T normally used for hydraulic systems, R and S for&lt;br /&gt;                                                                  pneumatic systems) Z, Y, X and so on&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ISO 5599 proposes to replace these letters with numbers, a retrograde step in the author's opinion.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   Arrow-headed lines represent direction of flow. In Figure 4.6a, for example fluid is delivered from port P to port A and returned from port B to port T when the valve is in its normal state a. In state b, flow is reversed. This valve symbol corresponds to the valve represented in Figures 4.2 and 4.3a.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Shut off positions are represented by "r, as shown by the central position of the valve in Figure 4.6b, and internal flow paths can be represented as shown in Figure 4.6c. This latter valve, incidentally, vents the load in the off position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  In pneumatic systems, lines commonly vent to atmosphere directly at the valve, as shown by port R in Figure 4.6d.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhAsjrrIYjy1O57XTurV24ms39jACfDmtT1b4nv6D9DbaCZkj9oWhFPv0Nuq-OIj23-uq9P5D3tMce4XAXDzA-laa52xEKZqTV-3XfhkTjpQucysd4WlTeNQD0DJyMAZ2_SJwZcYrzoazhk/s1600-h/6.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 283px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhAsjrrIYjy1O57XTurV24ms39jACfDmtT1b4nv6D9DbaCZkj9oWhFPv0Nuq-OIj23-uq9P5D3tMce4XAXDzA-laa52xEKZqTV-3XfhkTjpQucysd4WlTeNQD0DJyMAZ2_SJwZcYrzoazhk/s400/6.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276602512980710962" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;       Figure 4.7a shows symbols for the various ways in which valves can be operated. Figure 4.7b thus represents a 4/2 valve operated by a pushbutton. With the pushbutton depressed the ram extends. With the pushbutton released, the spring pushes the valve to position a and the ram retracts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Actuation symbols can be combined. Figure 4.7c represents asolenoid-operated 4/3 valve, with spring return to centre.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJcYgOqWzHi_QzJwMgaNT44Qpa4F0jDypw0K-ykcQAcSNHfyTzsEy6QKaqjSr_NtgMjqo_jGP48cbYNYjtM1Y6bp0W46f0hsnE76csH1ptJx1iNWIpn_oPNDlG6VOT7MWO-a8bMEshIP7Y/s1600-h/7.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 291px; height: 400px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiJcYgOqWzHi_QzJwMgaNT44Qpa4F0jDypw0K-ykcQAcSNHfyTzsEy6QKaqjSr_NtgMjqo_jGP48cbYNYjtM1Y6bp0W46f0hsnE76csH1ptJx1iNWIpn_oPNDlG6VOT7MWO-a8bMEshIP7Y/s400/7.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276603595568475570" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;       Infinite position valve symbols are shown in Figure 4.8. A basic valve is represented by a single square as shown in Figure 4.8a, with the valve being shown in a normal, or non-operated, position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Control is shown by normal actuation symbols" in Figure 4.8b, for example, the spring pushes the valve right decreasing flow, and pilot pressure pushes the valve left increasing flow. This represents a pressure relief valve which would be connected into a hydraulic system as shown in Figure 4.8c.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgvgilaY2MlQlGUToo3DuOM1EFc9KO_a98PCa-_isM1950CCmAG66e_XZRgZtrkjCmseHBWRJyFXwnF6jiJdMFI9Ydme1egi9UQFF4XRVI3RmM7fIl6-lfN25fmYEfCsYowe-1eTvlr8gAy/s1600-h/8.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 465px; height: 374px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgvgilaY2MlQlGUToo3DuOM1EFc9KO_a98PCa-_isM1950CCmAG66e_XZRgZtrkjCmseHBWRJyFXwnF6jiJdMFI9Ydme1egi9UQFF4XRVI3RmM7fIl6-lfN25fmYEfCsYowe-1eTvlr8gAy/s400/8.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276598876683737122" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/510730103129063178/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/510730103129063178?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="13 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/510730103129063178" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/510730103129063178" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/introduction-to-control-valves-symbols.html" rel="alternate" title="Introduction to Control Valves (symbols)" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhHZUe1d2NLLNi4Yl4Q0wSpOYe4mjH_ey0oN9rlYahc2LY_ycVa-I1ttDP2pLoZpib_KjIFiiMyBm0tmKI-fYvQjduSu17OwWimRGkCc7FxAAhGl58FJHCCUzDk9RoBIRLGhGW4zmeOL4V3/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>13</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-800487946265510118</id><published>2008-12-06T03:36:00.006+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-06T15:12:07.057+02:00</updated><title type="text">Cooling Towers</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Purpose&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before the development of cooling towers, rivers, lakes, and cooling ponds were required to supply cooling. Through the development of the mechanical draft cooling tower, as little as one square foot of area is needed for every 1000 square feet required for a cooling pond or lake.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cooling towers minimize the thermal pollution of the natural water heat sinks and allow the reuse of circulating water. An example of the manner in which a cooling tower can fit into a system is shown in Figure 10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiAxTCYSB6uBavSCGZReb1eYJuQBcHBs4umdFdmq77e1vZ-HqcmRESvDaMAIl6B_GQNr7J52bd2geMqPPWWcKtlCFtCPuMTbXWZQF4wm7g63FxqlNGDFpHhba86SuO8ogDohChUtTFcoyVe/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 456px; height: 225px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiAxTCYSB6uBavSCGZReb1eYJuQBcHBs4umdFdmq77e1vZ-HqcmRESvDaMAIl6B_GQNr7J52bd2geMqPPWWcKtlCFtCPuMTbXWZQF4wm7g63FxqlNGDFpHhba86SuO8ogDohChUtTFcoyVe/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276485302595700482" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;The cooling of the water in a cooling tower is accomplished by the direct contact of water and air. This cooling effect is provided primarily by an exchange of latent heat of vaporization resulting from evaporation of a small amount of water and by a transfer of sensible heat, which raises the temperature of the air. The heat transferred from the water to the air is dissipated to the atmosphere.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;*Induced Draft Cooling Towers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Induced draft cooling towers, illustrated in Figure 11, are constructed such that the incoming circulating water is dispersed throughout the cooling tower via a spray header. The spray is directed down over baffles that are designed to maximize the contact between water and air. The air is drawn through the baffled area by large circulating fans and causes the evaporation and the cooling of the water.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh2ggXnDwfOeStaSvCusUipqxm6nEb8kqHJeQbJuiU6G1eh5AZxu4VBCFNubchk3hyphenhyphen3uuK5uTk7bCX28OcxhzZav2pUdvBp5gllKM6dLYVxBPXrh-frNPX5xnS1I99gP0sMFyXJcryst4b9/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 286px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh2ggXnDwfOeStaSvCusUipqxm6nEb8kqHJeQbJuiU6G1eh5AZxu4VBCFNubchk3hyphenhyphen3uuK5uTk7bCX28OcxhzZav2pUdvBp5gllKM6dLYVxBPXrh-frNPX5xnS1I99gP0sMFyXJcryst4b9/s400/2.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276485703293183618" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;The nomenclature for induced draft cooling towers, including some items not illustrated in Figure 11 is summarized below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Casing&lt;/span&gt; - The casing encloses the walls of the cooling tower, exclusive of fan deck and louvers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Collecting basin&lt;/span&gt; - The collecting basin is a receptacle beneath the cooling tower for collecting the water cooled by the cooling tower. It can be made of concrete, wood, metal, or an alternative material.&lt;br /&gt;Certain necessary accessories are required such as sump, strainers, overflow, drain, and a makeup system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Drift eliminators&lt;/span&gt; - The drift eliminators are parallel blades of PVC, wood, metal,&lt;br /&gt;or an alternative material arranged on the air discharge side of the fill to remove entrained water droplets from the leaving air stream.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Driver&lt;/span&gt; - The driver is a device that supplies power to turn the fan. It is usually an electric motor, but turbines and internal combustion engines are occasionally used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Drive shaft&lt;/span&gt; - The drive shaft is a device, including couplings, which transmits power from the driver to the speed reducer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Fan&lt;/span&gt; - The fan is a device used to induce air flow through the cooling tower.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Fan deck&lt;/span&gt; - The fan deck is a horizontal surface enclosing the top of the cooling tower above the plenum that serves as a working platform for inspection and maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Fan stack&lt;/span&gt; - The fan stack is a cylinder enclosing the fan, usually with an eased inlet and an expanding discharge for increased fan efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Fill&lt;/span&gt; - The fill is PVC, wood, metal, or an alternative material that provides extended water surface exposure for evaporative heat transfer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Intake louvers&lt;/span&gt; - The intake louvers are an arrangement of horizontal blades at the air inlets that prevent escape of falling water while allowing the entry of air.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Makeup valve&lt;/span&gt; - The makeup valve is a valve that introduces fresh water into the collection basin to maintain the desired collecting basin water level.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Overflow&lt;/span&gt;-The overflow is a drain that prevents the collecting basin from overflowing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Partition&lt;/span&gt; - The partition is a baffle within a multicell cooling tower that is used to prevent air and/or water flow between adjacent cells.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Plenum&lt;/span&gt; - The plenum is the internal cooling tower area between the drift eliminators and the fans.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Speed reducer&lt;/span&gt; - The speed reducer is a right-angle gear box that transmits power to the fan while reducing the driver speed to that required for optimal fan performance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Sump&lt;/span&gt; - The sump is a depressed portion of the collecting basin from which cold water is drawn to be returned to the connected system. The sump usually contains strainer screens, antivortex devices, and a drain or cleanout connection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Distribution system&lt;/span&gt; - The distribution system is that portion of a cooling tower that distributes water over the fill area. It usually consists of one or more flanged inlets, flow control valves, internal headers, distribution basins, spray branches, metering orifices, and other related components.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;*Forced Draft Cooling Towers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Forced draft cooling towers are very similar to induced draft cooling towers. The primary difference is that the air is blown in at the bottom of the tower and exits at the top. Forced draft cooling towers are the forerunner to induced draft cooling towers. Water distribution problems and recirculation difficulties discourage the use of forced draft cooling towers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;*Natural Convection Cooling Towers&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Natural convection cooling towers, illustrated in Figure 12, use the principle of convective flow to provide air circulation. As the air inside the tower is heated, it rises through the tower. This process draws more air in, creating a natural air flow to provide cooling of the water. The basin at the bottom of the tower is open to the atmosphere. The cooler, more dense air outside the tower will flow in at the bottom and contribute to the air circulation within the tower. The air circulation will be self perpetuating due to the density difference between the warmer air inside and the cooler air outside.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgP1x8Ya15PkBIoRchA0phyYeWRgAwlnq8xGJOQRdh0omwwQgOLRPq0jwceiMMC5ltbJTHQtg0fwBzOF800g0_FPJDWt6wXfjdolGRCJu2RWOtkCIHoVU8_REu57bjxyuHwyB6wpHg7mPTD/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 347px; height: 400px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgP1x8Ya15PkBIoRchA0phyYeWRgAwlnq8xGJOQRdh0omwwQgOLRPq0jwceiMMC5ltbJTHQtg0fwBzOF800g0_FPJDWt6wXfjdolGRCJu2RWOtkCIHoVU8_REu57bjxyuHwyB6wpHg7mPTD/s400/3.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276486511794196626" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;The incoming water is sprayed around the circumference of the tower and cascades to the bottom. The natural convection cooling towers are much larger than the forced draft cooling towers and cost much more to construct. Because of space considerations and cost, natural convection cooling towers are built less frequently than other types.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Summary&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cooling tower removes heat from water used in cooling systems within the plant. The heat is released to the air rather than to a lake or stream. This allows facilities to locate in areas with less water available because the cooled water can be recycled. It also aids environmental efforts by not contributing to thermal pollution.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Induced draft cooling towers use fans to create a draft that pulls air through the cooling tower fill. Because the water to be cooled is distributed such that it cascades over the baffles, the air blows through the water, cooling it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Forced draft cooling towers blow air in at the bottom of the tower. The air exits at the top of the tower. Water distribution and recirculation difficulties limit their use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Natural convection cooling towers function on the basic principle that hot air rises. As the air inside the tower is heated, it rises through the tower. This process draws more air in, creating a natural air flow to provide cooling of the water.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/800487946265510118/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/800487946265510118?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="20 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/800487946265510118" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/800487946265510118" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/purpose-before-development-of-cooling.html" rel="alternate" title="Cooling Towers" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiAxTCYSB6uBavSCGZReb1eYJuQBcHBs4umdFdmq77e1vZ-HqcmRESvDaMAIl6B_GQNr7J52bd2geMqPPWWcKtlCFtCPuMTbXWZQF4wm7g63FxqlNGDFpHhba86SuO8ogDohChUtTFcoyVe/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>20</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-5564863602390838164</id><published>2008-12-06T03:23:00.003+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-06T03:28:54.487+02:00</updated><title type="text">Centrifugal Compressor</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Introduction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Air compressors of various designs are used widely throughout DOE facilities in numerous&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;applications. Compressed air has numerous uses throughout a facility including the operation of equipment and portable tools. Three types of designs include &lt;span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;reciprocating&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;rotary&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;/span&gt;and&lt;span&gt; &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;centrifugal air compressors.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Centrifugal Compressors&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;The centrifugal compressor, originally&lt;br /&gt;built to handle only large volumes of low&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgOZMZIAZvL40R5kJTPWLelKvOm_Sq0X5vym4GwmqmXhjQbUj30mEfiE6TygTrvJyBxcn0PO3m0764B-RzmuKWZvULrb-VYi4xghfVB6duq-hO1MFunprAea2-BCmkdyXhmNP3LUVVS1wPr/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 0pt 10px 10px; float: right; cursor: pointer; width: 282px; height: 301px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgOZMZIAZvL40R5kJTPWLelKvOm_Sq0X5vym4GwmqmXhjQbUj30mEfiE6TygTrvJyBxcn0PO3m0764B-RzmuKWZvULrb-VYi4xghfVB6duq-hO1MFunprAea2-BCmkdyXhmNP3LUVVS1wPr/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276482525041222466" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;pressure gas and air (maximum of 40&lt;br /&gt;psig), has been developed to enable it to&lt;br /&gt;move large volumes of gas with discharge&lt;br /&gt;pressures up to 3,500 psig. However,&lt;br /&gt;centrifugal compressors are now most&lt;br /&gt;frequently used for medium volume and&lt;br /&gt;medium pressure air delivery. One&lt;br /&gt;advantage of a centrifugal pump is the&lt;br /&gt;smooth discharge of the compressed air.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The centrifugal force utilized by the&lt;br /&gt;centrifugal compressor is the same force&lt;br /&gt;utilized by the centrifugal pump. The air&lt;br /&gt;particles enter the eye of the impeller,&lt;br /&gt;designated D in Figure 6. As the impeller rotates, air is thrown against the casing of the compressor. The air&lt;br /&gt;becomes compressed as more and more air is thrown out to the casing by the impeller blades.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The air is pushed along the path designated A, B, and C in Figure 6. The pressure of the air is increased as it is pushed along this path. Note in Figure 6 that the impeller blades curve forward, which is opposite to the backward curve used in typical centrifugal liquid pumps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Centrifugal compressors can use a variety of blade orientation including both forward and backward curves as well as other designs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; There may be several stages to a centrifugal air compressor, as in the centrifugal pump, and the result would be the same; a higher pressure would be produced. The air compressor is used to create compressed or high pressure air for a variety of uses.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some of its uses are pneumatic control devices, pneumatic sensors, pneumatic valve operators, pneumatic motors, and starting air for diesel engines.&lt;/span&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/5564863602390838164/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/5564863602390838164?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="5 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5564863602390838164" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/5564863602390838164" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/centrifugal-compressor.html" rel="alternate" title="Centrifugal Compressor" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgOZMZIAZvL40R5kJTPWLelKvOm_Sq0X5vym4GwmqmXhjQbUj30mEfiE6TygTrvJyBxcn0PO3m0764B-RzmuKWZvULrb-VYi4xghfVB6duq-hO1MFunprAea2-BCmkdyXhmNP3LUVVS1wPr/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>5</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7016168887446482508.post-851535190826316587</id><published>2008-12-06T03:15:00.004+02:00</published><updated>2008-12-06T03:23:13.506+02:00</updated><title type="text">Rotary Compressors</title><content type="html">&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Introduction&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Air compressors of various designs are used widely throughout DOE facilities in numerous&lt;span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;applications. Compressed air has numerous uses throughout a facility including the operation of equipment and portable tools. Three types of designs include &lt;span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;reciprocating&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;rotary&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;/span&gt;and&lt;span&gt; &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;centrifugal air compressors.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Rotary Compressors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The rotary compressor is adaptable to direct drive by induction motors or multicylinder gasoline or diesel engines. The units are compact, relatively inexpensive, and require a minimum of operating attention and maintenance. They occupy a fraction of the space and weight of a reciprocating machine of equivalent capacity. &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Rotary compressor&lt;/span&gt; units are&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt; classified &lt;/span&gt;into &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;three general groups&lt;/span&gt;, &lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;slide vane-type, lobe-type, and liquid seal ring-type.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;*The rotary slide vane-type&lt;/span&gt;, as illustrated in Figure 3, has longitudinal vanes, sliding radially in a slotted rotor mounted eccentrically in a cylinder. The centrifugal force carries the sliding vanes against the cylindrical case with the vanes forming a number of individual longitudinal cells in the eccentric annulus between the case and rotor. The suction port is located where the longitudinal cells are largest. The size of each cell is reduced by the eccentricity of the rotor as the vanes approach the discharge port, thus compressing the air.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-eh6hYXIcP-gQhhTk0uPSx0qLBnJWG_-QB32_LpHEaqSio2XZ1zQ__gKKg3Dm5OywvI4WQdks4EmEni3Ik0yBfvoh-Z5sH6OWlc5QeGfqE5pXRqhii4bLilAAv7XQYKyJjD-vroCLuDox/s1600-h/1.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 230px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-eh6hYXIcP-gQhhTk0uPSx0qLBnJWG_-QB32_LpHEaqSio2XZ1zQ__gKKg3Dm5OywvI4WQdks4EmEni3Ik0yBfvoh-Z5sH6OWlc5QeGfqE5pXRqhii4bLilAAv7XQYKyJjD-vroCLuDox/s400/1.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276480077439588338" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;*The rotary lobe-type&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span&gt;, illustrated in Figure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhz-8BzpkaJ98J97J18QWnAEa7V8cKYz_c2EzHrIp1ElfvO7XWWImVeJCVlxAewz8yvJruV_07TvRR_ID-OTts6qkkdCFTC4ZNEHKuVyZg9PsZ8W7rYu4xD8WJfhT86nQC79-fpCupb5tIA/s1600-h/2.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 0pt 10px 10px; float: right; cursor: pointer; width: 287px; height: 277px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhz-8BzpkaJ98J97J18QWnAEa7V8cKYz_c2EzHrIp1ElfvO7XWWImVeJCVlxAewz8yvJruV_07TvRR_ID-OTts6qkkdCFTC4ZNEHKuVyZg9PsZ8W7rYu4xD8WJfhT86nQC79-fpCupb5tIA/s400/2.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276480357515795874" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span&gt; 4,&lt;br /&gt;features two mating lobe-type rotors mounted in a case. The lobes are gear driven at close clearance, but without metal-to-metal contact. The suction to the unit is located where the cavity made by the lobes is largest. As the lobes rotate, the cavity size is reduced, causing&lt;br /&gt;compression of the vapor within. The compression continues until the discharge port is reached, at which point the vapor exits the compressor at a higher pressure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;*The rotary liquid seal ring-type&lt;/span&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;illustrated in Figure 5, features a forward inclined, open impeller, in an oblong cavity filled with liquid. As the impeller&lt;br /&gt;rotates, the centrifugal force causes the seal liquid to collect at the outer edge of&lt;br /&gt;the oblong cavity. Due to the oblong configuration of the compressor case, large longitudinal cells are created and reduced to smaller ones. The suction port is positioned where the longitudinal cells are the largest, and for the discharge port, where they are smallest, thus causing the vapor within the cell to compress as the rotor rotates. The rotary liquid seal compressor is frequently used in specialized applications for the compression of extremely corrosive and exothermic gasses and is commonly used in commercial nuclear plants as a means of establishing initial condenser vacuum.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1QOBcX68t6JvsJgabc1RKt4SLIzcJ0lMTgSguhlutB_ImqIluRHpjlyVgAy12-k4GQVxrTV_ZbOFlV_BTc1_sNxBWtYrecjguGB4enZUfe02QE51EvYwhYWE0LXkxHc5D8jFdltEMbLWv/s1600-h/3.JPG"&gt;&lt;img style="cursor: pointer; width: 400px; height: 267px;" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg1QOBcX68t6JvsJgabc1RKt4SLIzcJ0lMTgSguhlutB_ImqIluRHpjlyVgAy12-k4GQVxrTV_ZbOFlV_BTc1_sNxBWtYrecjguGB4enZUfe02QE51EvYwhYWE0LXkxHc5D8jFdltEMbLWv/s400/3.JPG" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5276480079577184162" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/feeds/851535190826316587/comments/default" rel="replies" title="Post Comments" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/comment/fullpage/post/7016168887446482508/851535190826316587?isPopup=true" rel="replies" title="4 Comments" type="text/html"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/851535190826316587" rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7016168887446482508/posts/default/851535190826316587" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml"/><link href="http://mech-engineer.blogspot.com/2008/12/rotary-compressors.html" rel="alternate" title="Rotary Compressors" type="text/html"/><author><name>Mechanical Engineering</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00198625841340199429</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image height="16" rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" src="https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif" width="16"/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" height="72" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-eh6hYXIcP-gQhhTk0uPSx0qLBnJWG_-QB32_LpHEaqSio2XZ1zQ__gKKg3Dm5OywvI4WQdks4EmEni3Ik0yBfvoh-Z5sH6OWlc5QeGfqE5pXRqhii4bLilAAv7XQYKyJjD-vroCLuDox/s72-c/1.JPG" width="72"/><thr:total>4</thr:total></entry></feed>